Post on 27-Mar-2022
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN31T Page 1
Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru
PREREQUISITES
Knowledge of basic Underground mining, and Mining Geology.
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The objective of this course is to provide students in mining engineering with the necessary inputs to
carryout safe, scientific, efficient and environmentally responsible underground metalliferous mining
operations.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Students pursuing this course will be able to
Course Outcome CL Linked PO Teaching
Hrs
CO1 Compare different Explosives and
Initiation devices R,U 1,2,3
10
CO2 Determine the suitable Explosives for a
given ore body and wall rock conditions U,A 1,2,3,4,6
07
CO3 Differentiate special methods of Shaft
sinking A 1,2,3,4,5
05
CO4 Classify and describe different types of
underground developmental openings A 2,4,9,10
10
CO5
Apply the knowledge of geo-mechanics in
terms of the rock mass response to mining
operations to classify the stopping
operations
U,A 1,2,3,4,6
15
CO6 Carryout Sampling and Assaying An. 2,4,10 05
Total sessions 52
Legend: R; Remember, U: Understand A: ApplicationAn: Analysis
Course Title:
UNDERGROUND
METALLIFEROUS MINING Course Code :15MN31T
Semester: III Course Group :Core
Teaching Scheme in Hrs (L:T:P): 4:0:0 Credits:4 Credits
Type of course:
Lecture & Student activity
Total Contact Hours : 52
CIE: 25 Marks SEE:100 Marks
Programme: DIPLOMA IN MINING ENGINEERING
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN31T Page 2
COURSE-PO ATTAINMENT MATRIX
Course Programme Outcomes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
UNDERGROUND
METALLIFEROUS
MINING
3 3 3 3 - 3 - - - 2
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO. If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2 If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1 If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.
Course Content and blue print of Marks for SEE
Unit
No Unit Name Hour
Questions to be set for
SEE (Marks) Marks
Weightage
Weightage
% R U A An
1 Explosives and
Initiation devices
10 10 20
30
20.70
2
Blasting Practices
in underground
Mines
10
10 20
30
20.70
3 Special methods of
Shaft sinking
05 15
15
10.35
4
The Drivages of
Developmental
openings
10
30
30
20.70
5 Stopping methods. 12 10 15 25 17.20
6 Sampling and
Assaying
05
15 15
10.35
Total 52 10 40 80 15 145 100
COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT-1 EXPLOSIVES AND INITIATION DEVICES
Explosives:Constituents of explosives, Low & High Explosives, Permitted &non permitted
explosives. Detonators & Accessories-Plain detonator, Delay electric detonator, advantages of
delay detonators, Safety fuse, Plastic igniter cord, detonating fuse, Detonating relay,
Simultaneous and delay action firing, Shock tubes, NONEL,Electronic delay detonators, Ohm
Meter, Shot firing cables, Exploders-types, construction and safety features.
UNIT-2 BLASTING PRACTICES IN UNDERGROUND MINES
Common causes of accidents from explosives, Misfired shots& blown out shots- causes and
remedial measures. Shot-firing tools, Preparation of charge, Procedure for firing shots, Direct
& Indirect initiation, stemming material, burden, spacing, depth of hole, Calculation of
explosive quantity, powder factor, precautions during blasting.
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN31T Page 3
UNIT-3 SPECIAL METHODS OF SHAFT SINKING
The Piling system, Caisson method, Freezing method,Cementation process of shaft sinking.
UNIT-4 THE DRIVAGES OF DEVELOPMENTAL OPENINGS
Construction and working of Jack hammer,Pattern of shot holes -Burn cut, wedge cut, drag
cut andcoromant cut-applications and relative merits of each pattern.Different Raising
methods-Drop rise,Alimak rise climber,Centre stack, Compartment method- relative merits
and demerits of each method of rising.
UNIT-5 STOPING METHODS
Different stopping methods - Underhand stopping, Over hand stopping, Shrinkage stopping,
Cut & fill method of stopping, Sub-level stopping,Long Hole stopping -their application,
preparation, working, merits & demerits. Rock burst - causes and preventive measures.
UNIT-6 SAMPLING AND ASSAYING
Sampling- purpose and various uses, Sampling Methods-trench, Pit, Drill, Channel, Bulk and
Chip sampling.Assaying-Introduction – assay map, assay plan factor, assay values, grade
value, tenor, type of grade value. Calculations based on average assay value. Estimation of
ore reserves.
COURSE ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION
What To
Whom Frequency
Max
Marks
Evidence
Collected
Course
Outcomes
Dir
ect
Ass
essm
ent
CIE
I A
Tests
Students
Three IA tests
for theory
(Average
marks of three
tests to be
computed).
20 Blue Books 1-6
Student
Activity
Student
Activity 5
Log of
Activity 1-6
TOTAL 25
SE
E
End
Exam
End Of the
Course 100
Answer
Scripts
ALL
CO’s
Indir
ect
Ass
essm
ent
Met
hod
Student
Feedback on
course Students
Middle Of The
Course
Feed Back
Forms
End Of
Course
Survey
End Of The
Course Questionnaire
*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN31T Page 4
Note: I.A. test shall be conducted for 20 marks. Average marks of three tests shall be rounded off
to the next higher digit.
SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Note: The following activities or similar activities for assessing CIE (IA) for 05marks (Any
one)Students are grouped into batches and each batch should not have more than five
students.
Make a visit to any nearest mine or use the information collected during vocational training.
Students are grouped into batches and each batch should not have more than five students.
1. Each student should do any one of the following type activity or any other similar
activity related to the courseand before conduction, get it approved from concerned
competent person.
2. Each student should conduct different activity and no repeatation should occur.
1 Observe the Developmental openings,Submit hand written report of 500 words
2 Observe the stoping methods, Submit hand written report of 500 words
3 Observe the drilling techniques, Submit hand written report of 500 words
4 Observe the Blasting techniques, Submit hand written report of 500 words
5 Observe the Sampling and Assaying techniques, Submit hand written report of 500
words
Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational
components (Bloom’s taxonomy) such as:
Sl. No Bloom’s Category % Weightage
Weightage 1 Remembering &Understanding 60
2 Applying the knowledge acquired from the course 25
3 Analysis 15
4 Evaluation& Creating new knowledge -
ESSENTIAL READING
1. T. N. Singh, Underground winning of Coal, Oxford and IBH New Delhi, 1992
2. Y. P. Chacharkar, A study of Metalliferous Mining Methods, Lovely prakshanDhanbad,
1994
SUPPLEMENTARY READING
1. I. C. F. Statham, Coal Mining Practice, Caxton eastern agencies, Calcutta, Reprint, 1964
2. D. J. Deshmukh, Elements of Mining Technology, Vol. - I & II, EMDEE publishers
Ranchi, Revised edition, 2000
3. S. K. Das, Modern Coal Mining Technology, Lovely prakshan, Dhanbad, 1992
4. R. D. Singh, Principles & Practices of Modern Coal Mining, New age international New
Delhi, 1997
5. B. C. Arthur, SME Mining Engineers Hand Book, American Institute of Mining,
Metallurgical and Petroleum Engineers New York, 1973.
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN31T Page 5
LIST OF SOFTWARE/LEARNING WEBSITES
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mining
www.youtube.com
http://www.miningjournal.com/
http://www.miningiq.com/
http://www.mining-technology.com /
www.nptel.com
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8uLuecS_PTk
Model of Rubrics for Assessing Student Activity
Dimension Scale Students Score
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
1 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor
2 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor
3 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor
4 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor
Grand Average/Total
Example
Dimension Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary
Score 1 2 3 4 5
Collection
of data
Does not collect
any information
relating to the
topic
Collects very
limited
information;
some relate to
the topic
Collect much
information;
but very
limited relate
to the topic
Collects
some basic
information;
most refer to
the topic
Collects
exact
information
relevant to
the topic
2
Fulfil
team’s roles
& duties
Does not perform
any duties
assigned to the
team role
Performs very
little duties but
unreliable.
Performs very
little duties
Performs
nearly all
duties
Performs all
duties of
assigned
team roles
3
Shares
work
equally
Always relies on
others to do the
work
Rarely does
the assigned
work; often
needs
reminding
Usually does
the assigned
work; rarely
needs
reminding
Always does
the assigned
work without
having to be
reminded.
1
Listen to
other Team
mates
Is always talking;
never allows
anyone else to
speak
Usually does
most of the
talking; rarely
allows others
to speak
Talks good;
but never
show interest
in listening
others
Listens, but
sometimes
talk too
much
Listens and
speaks a fair
amount
2
Note: Concerned faculty (Course coordinator) must devise appropriate
rubrics/criteria for assessing Student activity for 5 marks
One activity on any one CO (course outcome) may be given to a group of FIVE
students
Grand Average/Total
8/4=2
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN31T Page 6
MODEL QUESTION PAPER FOR CIE
Test/Date and
Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks
Ex: I test/6 th
week of sem
10-11 Am
III SEM UNDERGROUND METALLIFEROUS
MINING 20
Year: 2015-16 Course code:15MN31T
Name of Course coordinator : Units:1,2 CO: 1,2
Note: Answer all the questions
Question
No Question Marks CL CO PO
1 Define and classify Explosive 4 R 1 1,2
2
Compare Safety fuse, detonating fuse and Shock
tubes Or
List the different properties of explosives.
4 U 1 1,2
3 Differentiate Permitted & non- permitted explosives 6 U 2
1,
2,
6
4
Write the procedure for Preparation of charge.
Or
Write the procedure for Preparation of charge.
6 A 2
1,
2,
6
FORMAT OF I A TEST QUESTION PAPER (CIE)
Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks
Ex: I test/6 th weak of sem 10-11 Am
I/II SEM 20
Year:
Name of Course coordinator : Units:__ CO’s:____
Question no
Question MARKS CL CO PO
1
2
3
4 Note: Internal choice may be given in each CO at the same cognitive level (CL).
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN31T Page 7
MODEL QUESTION PAPER FOR SEE
UNDERGROUND METALLIFEROUS MINING
Semester: III
Max Marks: 100 Duration:3 Hours
Part-A
Answer any 6 of the following 6x5=30 marks
1. Define and classify Explosive
2. Explain with a simple sketch coromant cut drilling pattern.
3. Describe safety fuse and Detonating fuse
4. Explain with sketch,wedge cut drilling pattern.
5. Compare overhand stoping and underhand stoping
6. Draw a simple sketch of sublevel method of stoping
7. Write the advantages & conditions which are suitable for sublevel stoping?
8. Define sampling and list its purpose.
9. Write a note on Assaying.
Part-B
Answer any 7 of the following 7x10=70 marks
1. Draw a neat sketch of Ordinary and Delay electric detonators.
2. Illustrate with sketch, Direct and Indirect initiation.
3. Explain with sketch any one exploder.
4. Explain with a neat sketch of burn cut.
5. Explain cementation process of Shaft sinking
6. Explain forced drop shaft method of shaft sinking
7. Explain the Drop rise method of rising.
8. Explain centre stack method of rising.
9. Explain with sketch Shrinkage stoping.
10. Explain with sketch Cut & fill method of stoping.
********************
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN31T Page 8
MODEL QUESTION BANK
UNIT-1 EXPLOSIVES AND INITIATION DEVICES
Remembering
1. Define Explosives and what are its Constituents
2. Classify explosives
Understanding
3. Differentiate Low & High Explosives
4. Differentiate Permitted & non- permitted explosives.
5. Compare Safety fuse, detonating fuse and Shock tubes.
6. How exploders are used? Explain
7. Explain the different types, construction and safety features of exploders,
8. Write the Common causes of accidents from explosives?
9. Illustrate with a simple sketch different types of detonators.
10. Point out the advantages of delay detonators.
UNIT-2 BLASTING PRACTICES IN UNDERGROUND MINES
Understanding
11. Differentiate Low & High Explosives
12. Differentiate Permitted & non- permitted explosives.
13. Compare Safety fuse, detonating fuse and Shock tubes.
14. Explain the different types, construction and safety features of exploders,
15. Describe the common causes of accidents from explosives?
16. Write the causes & Dangers, remedial measures required for Misfired shots & blown
out shots?
Application
17. How exploders are used? Explain
18. List the Shot-firing tools practiced during blasting.
19. Write the procedure for Preparation of charge.
20. Explain the Burden and spacing?
21. Illustrate with a simple sketch different types of detonators.
22. Point out the advantages of delay detonators.
23. How will you deal with Misfired shots & blown out shots.
24. Illustrate with sketch, direct & indirect initiation.
25. How will you calculate the explosive quantity?
26. Explain powder factor?
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN31T Page 9
UNIT-3 SPECIAL METHODS OF SHAFT SINKING
Application
27. Illustrate with a simple sketch the method of shaft sinking by Piling.
28. Illustrate with a simple sketch the method of shaft sinking by caisson.
29. Illustrate with a simple sketch the method of shaft sinking by drop shaft.
30. Illustrate with a simple sketch the method of shaft sinking by Cementation.
31. Illustrate with a simple sketch the method of shaft sinking by freezing method.
UNIT-4 THE DRIVAGES OF DEVELOPMENTAL OPENINGS
Application
32. Explain the construction of Jack hammer.
33. Explain with a sketch Burn cut,
34. Explain with a sketch wedge cut
35. Explain with a sketch drag cut,
36. Explain with a sketch coromant cut,
37. Explain with a sketch Drop rise,
38. Explain with a sketchAlimak rise climber,
39. Explain with a sketch Centre stack,
40. Explain with a sketch Three compartment,
UNIT-5 STOPING METHODS
Understanding
41. Write the advantages and disadvantages of underhand stoping.
42. Write the advantages and disadvantages of Over hand stoping,
43. Write the advantages and disadvantages of Shrinkage stoping,
44. Write the advantages and disadvantages of Cut & fill method of stoping,
45. Write the advantages and disadvantages of Sub-level stoping,
46. Write the advantages and disadvantages of Long Hole stoping
47. What is Rock burst and what are the causes and preventive measures of Rock burst.
Application
48. Illustrate with a simple sketch different types of detonators.
49. Illustrate with a sketch underhand stoping
50. Illustrate with a sketch Over hand stoping,
51. Illustrate with a sketch Shrinkage stoping
52. Illustrate with a sketch Cut & fill method of stoping
53. Illustrate with a sketch Sub-level stoping,
54. Illustrate with a sketch Long Hole stoping
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN31T Page 10
UNIT-6 SAMPLING AND ASSAYING
Analyisis
55. Illustrate the purpose and various uses of sampling,
56. Write short notes on Trench, Pit, Drill, Channel, Bulk and Chip sampling.
57. Explain Assayingand its purpose.
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN32T Page 1
Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru
PREREQUISITES
Geography and basic knowledge of Mining Geology.
OBJECTIVES The mining diploma pass outs have to plan, carryout mining of rocks, ores, minerals, etc. economically,
which involves knowledge and skills of nature and quantum of such deposits based on proper studies and
assessment. This course empowers students with such necessary knowledge and skills of geological
deposits and its estimation for economical mining.
A student who has completed this Course will be able to:
Course Outcome CL Linked
PO
Teaching
Hrs.
CO1 Classify the Economic Minerals to carryout
Mining operations. R,U 1,2 10
CO2 Identify the Indian Mineral Resources U 1,2 10
CO3 Explain the Importance of coal. U 1,2 08
CO4 Analyze the role of Structural features of rocks in
the Mining field. A, AN 1,2 08
CO5 Explain the occurrence of water underground R,U 1,2,4 08
CO6
Explain Mine Development and Mining
Operations based on knowledge and skills of
Mining Geology.
U 1,2,3,4 08
Legend: R; Remember, U: Understand A: Application
COURSE-PO ATTAINMENT MATRIX
Course Programme Outcomes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
MINING
GEOLOGY-II 3 3 1 2 - - - - -
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO. If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2 If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1 If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.
Course Title: MINING GEOLOGY-II Course Code :15MN32T
Semester : III Course Group :Core
Teaching Scheme in Hrs (L:T:P): 4:0:0 Credits :4 Credits
Type of course: Lecture & Student activity Total Contact Hours : 52
CIE: 25 Marks SEE :100 Marks
Programme: DIPLOMA IN MINING ENGINEERING
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN32T Page 2
Course Content and blue print of Marks for SEE
Uni
t No Unit Name Hour
Questions to be set
for SEE (Marks) Marks
Weightag
e
Weightag
e % R U
1 Concepts of
Economic Geology 10 10 20 30 20.70
2 Indian Mineral
Resources 10 - 25 25 17.25
3 Fuel geology 08 - 20 20 13.77
4
Structural aspects of
Rocks in Mining
field
08 - 25 25 17.25
5 Hydrogeology 08 10 15 25 17.25
6 Prospecting
Techniques 08 05 15 20 13.78
Total 52 25 120 145 100
COURSE CONTENTS
CO-1 CONCEPTS OF ECONOMIC GEOLOGY
Introduction to Economic Geology, Ore Minerals, Gangue Minerals and Tenor of Ore.
Classification of Mineral Deposits and Ores. Processes of formation of Mineral Deposits:
Magmatic Process, Hydrothermal Process, Cavity Filling Process, Replacement Process.
Mechanical Concentration –Placer Deposits – Explain the different types like Elluvial, Alluvial,
Eolian and Beach Placers, Oxidation and Supergene Enrichment Deposits.
CO-2 INDIAN MINERAL RESOURCES
Origin, Occurrence, Ores distribution and uses of following Economic Minerals in India with
special reference to Karnataka. Iron Ore deposits, Copper Ore Deposits. Gold Deposits,
Chromite Ore Deposits, Manganese Ore Deposits.
CO-3 FUEL GEOLOGY
Introduction to coal, rank of coal, Periods of Coal formation, Different periods of Coal
formation, Theories of Coal formation, Structural features of Coal seams, Classification of Coal
based on grade.
CO-4 STRUCTURAL ASPECTS OF ROCKS IN MINING FIELDS
Various precautions to be followed while mining in case of following structures: Faults, Folds
Joints, Water bearing formations and other stressed areas.
CO-5 HYDROGEOLOGY
Introduction, Occurrence of ground Water, and source of ground water. Zones of Ground water
movement: Zone of Saturation and Zone of Aeration. Water bearing properties of rocks:
Aquifer, Aquifuge and Aquiclude. Porosity and Permeability of Rocks.
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN32T Page 3
CO-6 PROSPECTING TECHNIQUES
Prospecting Methods- principles, applicabilities of pitting trenching, Drilling- Diamond core
drilling, Boring. Geophysical methods- Electrical, Gravity, Seismic, Radiometric, GIS and
remote sensing.
ESSENTIAL READINGS
1. P. K. Mukherjee, A Text Book of Geology, The World Press Pvt. Ltd., 9th Edition, 1982.
2. H. H. Read, Rutley’s Elements of Mineralogy, CBS Publishers and Distributors, 26th Edition,
1984
3. Bateman, A.M., Economic Mineral Deposits, John Wiley and Sons, 1956
4. Krishnaswamy, S. Indian Mineral Resources, Oxford and IBH Publication Company,
New Delhi, 1984.
5. Arogyaswamy, R.N.P., courses in Mining Geology, Oxford and IBH Co., New Delhi, 1988.
6.Engineering Geology- Parbin Singh
SUPPLEMENTARY READINGS
1. P. B. Marland, Structural Geology, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 3rd Edition, 1990.
2. D. E. Salisbury & W. E. Ford, A Text Book of Mineralogy, Wiley Eastern Limited, 4th
Edition, 1992.
3. G. W. Tyrrel, The Principles of Petrology, B. I. Publications Pvt. Ltd., 1989.
4. G. B. Mahapatra, Text Book of Physical Geology, CBS Publishers and Distributors, 1st
Edition, 1990.
5. R. Kumar, Fundamentals of Historical Geology and Stratigraphy of India, Wiley Eastern
Limited, 1992.
6. Umapathy, R.M., Text book of Mining Geology, Daltsons, 2002.
LIST OF SOFTWARE/LEARNING WEBSITES
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fold_(geology)
http://geology.com/
http://cgm.ncode.in/SitePages/Home.aspx
http://mining.crusherplants.com/project/geology-equipment.html
http://emg.geoscienceworld.org/content/currentwww.garmin.com
http://www.scribd.com/doc/33735339/Sedimenatary-Structures-SynDepositional
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN32T Page 4
COURSE ASSESMENT AND EVALUATION SCHEME
What To
whom
When/Where
(Frequency in the
course)
Max
Marks
Evidence
collected
Course
outcomes
Direct
Assessme
nt
CIE IA
Stu
den
ts
Three IA tests
(Average of three
tests will be
computed)
20 Blue books 1,2,3,4,5,6
Student Activities 05 Log of activity 1,2,3,4,5,6
SEE End
Exam
End of the course 100
Answer scripts
at BTE 1,2,3,4
Indirect
Assessme
nt
Student
Feedback on
course
Stu
den
ts
Middle of the
course Feedback
forms
1 & 2,3
Delivery of
course
End of Course
Survey
End of the course
Questionnaires
1,2,3,4,
Effectiveness
of Delivery of
instructions &
Assessment
Methods
*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination
Note: I.A. test shall be conducted for 20 marks. Average marks of three tests shall be rounded off to
the next higher digit.
SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENTS ACTIVITIES:
Note: The following activities or similar activities for assessing CIE (IA) for 05 marks (Any
one) Students are grouped into batches and each batch should not have more than five students.
Each student should do any one of the following type activity or any other similar
activity related to the course and before conduction, get it approved from concerned
Teacher and HOD.
Each student should conduct different activity and no repeatation should occur.
Make a Visit to any nearest mine or use the informations obtained during vocational
training and Submit hand written report of 500 words from the following activities or
similar activities.
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (If required)
Show videos/animation films.
Arrange site visits.
Give Internet based activities.
Give a topic of geology for Group Discussion.
Give some special condition of geology for drawing a sheet to show all details including
special features of the ground.
Note to IA verifier: The following documents to be verified by CIE verifier at the end of
semester
Blue books ( 20 marks)
Student suggested activities report for 05 marks
Student feedback on course regarding Effectiveness of Delivery of instructions &
Assessment Methods.
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN32T Page 5
Model of Rubrics for Assessing Student Activity
Dimension Scale Students Score
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
1 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor
2 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor
3 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor
4 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor
Grand Average/Total
Example
Dimension Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary
Score 1 2 3 4 5
Collection
of data
Does not collect
any information
relating to the
topic
Collects very
limited
information;
some relate to
the topic
Collect much
information;
but very
limited relate
to the topic
Collects
some basic
information;
most refer to
the topic
Collects
exact
information
relevant to
the topic
2
Fulfil
team’s roles
& duties
Does not perform
any duties
assigned to the
team role
Performs very
little duties but
unreliable.
Performs very
little duties
Performs
nearly all
duties
Performs all
duties of
assigned
team roles
3
Shares
work
equally
Always relies on
others to do the
work
Rarely does
the assigned
work; often
needs
reminding
Usually does
the assigned
work; rarely
needs
reminding
Always does
the assigned
work without
having to be
reminded.
1
Listen to
other Team
mates
Is always talking;
never allows
anyone else to
speak
Usually does
most of the
talking; rarely
allows others
to speak
Talks good;
but never
show interest
in listening
others
Listens, but
sometimes
talk too
much
Listens and
speaks a fair
amount
2
Note: Concerned faculty (Course coordinator) must devise appropriate
rubrics/criteria for assessing Student activity for 5 marks
One activity on any one CO (course outcome) may be given to a group of FIVE
students
Grand Average/Total
8/4=2
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN32T Page 6
Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational
components (Bloom’s taxonomy) such as:
Sl. No Bloom’s Category % Weightage
Weightage 1 Remembering &Understanding 60
2 Applying the knowledge acquired from the course 30
3 Analysis 10
4 Evaluation -
5 Creating new knowledge -
FORMAT OF I A TEST QUESTION PAPER (CIE)
Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks
Ex: I test/6 th weak of sem 10-11 Am
I/II SEM 20
Year:
Name of Course coordinator : Units:__ CO’s:____
Question no
Question MARKS CL CO PO
1
2
3
4 Note: Internal choice may be given in each CO at the same cognitive level (CL).
Model Question paper (CIE)
Test/Date and
Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks
Ex: I test/6 th
week of sem
10-11 Am
III SEM MINING GEOLOGY-II 20
Year: 2015-16 Course code:15MN32T
Name of Course coordinator : Units:1,2 CO: 1,2
Note: Answer all the questions
Question
No Question Marks C L CO PO
1 Define Ore Minerals & Gangue Minerals
4 R 1 1,2
2
Compare between fissure veins and ladder veins.
OR
Explain Epithermal, Mesothermal and Hypothermal
Deposits.
6 U 1 1,2
3 List any five ore minerals known to you. 5 U 2 1,2
4
Describe the occurrence and uses of Iron ores.
OR
Describe the occurrence and uses of Chromite ores.
5 U 2 1,2
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN32T Page 7
MODEL QUESTION PAPER
MINING GEOLOGY-II Semester- III
Max Marks: 100 Duration: 3 Hours
Part-A Answer any 6 of the following 6x5=30 marks
1. Explain the Classification of Mineral Deposits and Ores.
2. Explain the Magmatic processes of formation of Mineral Deposits.
3. Explain the occurrence and distribution f Iron Ore Deposits in Karnataka.
4. Explain the different periods of formation of Coal Deposits.
5. Explain the structural features of Coal seams.
6. Briefly explain the Zones of Ground water movement.
7. Explain the different sources of ground water.
8. What is the need for prospecting? Explain.
9. Write short note on Remote sensing method of prospecting
Part-B Answer any 7 of the following 7x10=70 marks
1. Explain the mechanical concentration method of Mineral Deposits.
2. Explain the formation of Oxidation and Supergene Enrichment Deposits.
3. Explain the Occurrence and Distribution of Gold and Chromites deposit in Karnataka.
4. Explain the precautions to be followed while mining in case of faults and folds.
5. Explain the Zone of Saturation and Zone of Aeration.
6. Explain the water bearing properties of Aquifer, Aquifuge and Aquiclude.
7. Explain the precaution taken while working under joints and water bearing strata
condition.
8. Explain the different theories of Coal formation.
9. Describe the principles and applicability’s Drill cutting and Boring method of
prospecting
10. Describe the principles and applicability’s Geophysical methods-Electrical and Gravity,
method of prospecting
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN32T Page 8
MODEL QUESTION BANK
MINING GEOLOGY-II
CO-1 CONCEPTS OF ECONOMIC GEOLOGY
Remembering
1. Define Economic Geology
2. Define Ore Minerals,
3. Define Gangue Minerals
4. Define Tenor of Ore.
Understanding
5. Explain formation of mineral Deposits.
6. Explain Placer deposits.
7. Explain Oxidation Enrichment Deposit.
8. Explain Supergene Enrichment Deposit.
9. Explain the different periods of Coal Formation.
10. Explain the classification of Coal based on grade.
11. Explain the structural features of Coal seams.
12. Explain Epithermal, Mesothermal and Hypothermal Deposits.
13. Illustrate the various conditions necessary for Cavity Filling Deposits.
14. Compare between fissure veins and ladder veins.
CO-2 INDIAN MINERAL RESOURCES
Understanding
15. Explain the origin and occurrence of Copper deposit in Karnataka.
16. Explain the origin and occurrence of Gold deposit in Karnataka
17. Explain the origin and occurrence of Chromite deposit in Karnataka
18. Explain the origin and occurrence of Manganese deposit in Karnataka.
19. Describe the occurrence and uses of Iron ores.
20. Describe the occurrence and uses of Chromite ores.
CO-3 FUEL GEOLOGY
Understanding
21. Describe the Rank of coal,
22. Explain the Periods of Coal formation,
23. Explain Different periods of Coal formation,
24. Write the Theories of Coal formation, Structural features of Coal seams,
25. Classify of Coal based on grade.
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN32T Page 9
CO-4 STRUCTURAL ASPECTS OF ROCKS IN MINING FIELDS
Understanding
26. Explain the precaution taken while mining in faulted areas.
27. Explain the precaution taken while mining in folded areas.
28. Explain the precaution taken while mining in jointed areas.
29. Explain the precaution taken while mining in water bearing areas.
30. Explain the precaution taken while mining in stressed areas.
CO-5: HYDROGEOLOGY
Remembering
31. Define Porosity
32. Define Permeability
Understanding
33. Explain the different sources of ground water.
34. Explain the Zones of Ground water movements.
35. Distinguish between the Zone of Saturation and Zone of Aeration.
36. Explain the water bearing properties of rocks.
37. Compare between Aquifer and Aquifuge.
38. Compare between Aquiclude and Aquifer.
39. Explain Porosity and Permeability of Rocks.
CO-6: PROSPECTING TECHNIQUES
Understanding
40. Explain the need for prospecting?
41. Describe the different methods of prospecting? Explain any one method.
42. Describe the principles and applicability’s of pitting trenching method of prospecting.
43. Describe the principles and applicability’s drilling & boring method of prospecting.
44. Describe the principles and applicabilities of Geophysical methods-Electrical and
Gravity, method of prospecting.
45. Describe the principles and applicability’s Seismic and Radiometric method of
prospecting.
46. Describe the principles and applicability’s GIS and Remote sensing method of
prospecting.
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15CE21T Page 1
Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru
Course Title: SURVEYING - I
Credits (L:T:P) : 4:0:0 Total Contact Hours: 52 Course Code: 15CE21T
Type of Course: Lectures, Self
Study & Quiz Credit :04 Core/ Elective: Core
CIE- 25 Marks SEE- 100 Marks
Prerequisites: Knowledge of Basic Science and Mathematics in Secondary Education.
Course Objective:
1. To provide knowledge of basic Principles of surveying.
2. To develop the techniques of taking measurements and plotting the details.
3. Interpretation of data collected analyze and evaluate for the purpose of design,
estimation
On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
Legend- R; Remember U: Understand Ap: Application Ay: Analysis C:Creation
* Related to Student activity beyond classroom hours.
Course Outcome CL Linked PO Teaching
Hrs
CO1 Understand the basics in surveying and
chain surveying. R/U/Ap 1,2,3,4,8. 10
CO2 Understand the principles of compass
surveying and its applications. R/U/Ap 1,2,3,4,5,8. 10
CO3
Understand the basics in levelling, types of
levelling instruments and methods of
levelling
R/U/Ap 1,2,3,4,8. 10
CO4 Understand the types of levelling, errors
and its applications. U/Ap 1,2,3, 5,7,8,10 10
C05 Concept of contour, its uses and methods of
contouring. R/U 1,2,3,5. 05
C06 Compute area and volume of irregular
figures. U/Ap 1,2,3. 07
C07
Perform suggested activity related to
surveying, exploring in groups and able to
present it.
U/Ap/Ay/C 1 to 10 *
Total sessions 52
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15CE21T Page 2
Programme outcome Attainment Matrix
Course
Programme Outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
Bas
ic k
no
wle
dg
e
Dis
cip
lin
e k
no
wle
dg
e
Ex
per
imen
ts a
nd
pra
ctic
e
En
gin
eeri
ng
Too
ls
En
gin
eer
and
so
ciet
y
En
vir
on
men
t &
Su
stai
nab
ilit
y
Eth
ics
Ind
ivid
ual
an
d T
eam
wo
rk
Co
mm
un
icat
ion
Lif
e lo
ng
lea
rnin
g
SURVEYING-I 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 2 1 2
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.
Course Contents
UNIT COURSE CONTENTS HOURS
1
INTRODUCTION
Definition and objectives of surveying, primary divisions,
classifications, and principle.
10 CHAIN SURVEYING
Purpose, Accessories, Principles of chain surveying, Different
operations, Ranging, Cross staff survey simple problems, Plotting the
chain survey, adopting suitable conventions, Errors & corrections in
chain surveying, (without numerical problems)
2
COMPASS SURVEYING
Introduction and purpose, Bearing & its type, Problems on bearings,
Compass and its type, Dip and declination, Simple problems, Local
attraction, Open and closed traverse, checks, Errors
10
3
LEVELLING –
Terms used in leveling, types of levels, Bench marks, Temporary
adjustments of level Concept of B.S, I.S, F.S, C.P, H.I and remarks,
Simple leveling and differential leveling Reduction of levels i) Plane
of collimation method ii) Rise and fall methods
Problems on reduction of levels.
10
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15CE21T Page 3
Course Delivery: The course will be delivered through lectures and Power point
presentations/ Video
🎯 SUGGESTED ACTIVITIES
The topic should be related to the course in order to enhance his knowledge, practical skill
and lifelong learning, communication, modern tool usage.
1. Prepare a spread sheet(Microsoft Excel ) of Rise and fall method showing the
calculation by using formula bar and present it
2. Prepare a spread sheet (Microsoft Excel ) of Height of instrument method showing
the calculation by using formula bar and present it
3. Compute the area of Nehru ground or any area/agriculture field by cross staff survey
and present it
4. Compute the area of Nehru ground/ any area/agriculture field by Compass survey and
present it
5. Chain triangulation
6. Find the volume of excavation of a drainage
7. Conduct a experiment to overcome obstacles in chaining and ranging.
8. Conduct a open traverse in chain surveying and represent the sign conventions in the
field book.
9. Conduct a closed traverse in chain surveying and represent the sign conventions in the
field book calculate area.
10. New Road survey
11. Survey conducted for Widening of existing road
12. Compute the capacity of reservoir/pond near by your locality
13. Sensitivity of bubble used in levelling
4
LEVELLING – APPLICATION
Different types of leveling - fly leveling, check leveling, profile
leveling, cross sectioning, Plotting of longitudinal and cross section,
Errors in leveling and precautions, Setting grade stakes and setting
out grades for sewers and problems on it.
10
5
CONTOURING
Concepts of contour and terms used in contouring, characteristics of
contour, uses of contours, Methods of contouring, Interpolation by
arithmetical method, calculation of capacity of the reservoir.
05
6
AREAS & VOLUMES
Computation of Area of Irregular figures using Trapezoidal &
Simpson's rule - problems. Volumes of Irregular solids- using
Trapezoidal & Prismoidal Rule - Problems on Embankment &
Cutting
07
7 CASE STUDY
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15CE21T Page 4
14. Two Peg Test
15. Three Wire Levelling
16. Permanent Adjustments of a Dumpy Level
17. Block levelling for sloped ground level and compute the volume of earth work
excavation required to construct a building.
18. Layout Plan of Existing Campus
19. Contour Map of Existing Campus
20. Carryout reciprocal levelling and make a presentation
21. Presentation on Precise levelling, Digital levelling, Digital ground model, Data
logger, Triangular grid model, Units of measurements used in survey from history
22. Select an irregular area/hillock conduct a block levelling and calculate the volume of
earth and present it.
23. Explore and use surveying software’s and present it.
24. Select an irregular area/hillock conduct a direct contouring and calculate the volume
of earth and present it.
NOTE:
1. Students should select any one of the above or other topics relevant to the subject approved
by the concerned faculty, individually or in a group of 3 to 5. Students should mandatorily
submit a written report and make a presentation on the topic. The task should not be repeated
among students. Report will be evaluated by the faculty as per rubrics. Weightage for 5
marks Internal Assessment shall be as follows: (Unsatisfactory 1, Developing 2, Satisfactory
3, Good 4, Exemplary 5)
2. Reports should be made available along with bluebooks to IA verification officer
Example of model of rubrics / criteria for assessing student activity
Dimension
Students score
(Group of five students)
ST
UD
EN
T 1
ST
UD
EN
T 2
ST
UD
EN
T 3
ST
UD
EN
T 4
ST
UD
EN
T 5
Rubric Scale Unsatisfactory 1, Developing 2, Satisfactory 3, Good 4, Exemplary5 1.Literature 5 2.Fulfill team’s roles
& duties
2
3.Conclusion 3 4.Convensions 4
Total 14
Average=(Total /4) 14/4=3.5=4
Note: Concerned faculty (Course coordinator) must devise appropriate rubrics/criteria for
assessing Student activity for 5 marks One activity to attain last CO (course outcome) may be
given to a group of FIVE students
Note: Dimension should be chosen related to activity and evaluated by the course faculty
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15CE21T Page 5
Rubric Model- Example only:
Dimension
Rubric Scale
1
Unsatisfactory
2
Developing
3
Satisfactory
4
Good
5
Exemplary
1.Literature Has not
included
relevant info
Has
included
few
relevant
info
Has
included
some
relevant
info
Has included
many
relevant info
Has included
all relevant
info needed
2. Fulfill team’s
roles & duties
Does not
perform any
duties
assigned
Performs
very little
duties
Performs
partial
duties
Performs
nearly all
duties
Performs all
duties of
assigned
team roles
3.Communication Poor Less
Effective
Partially
effective
Effective Most
Effective
4.Convensions Frequent
Error
More Error Some Error Occasional
Error
No Error
Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme:
What To
whom
When/Where
(Frequency in
the course)
Max
Marks
Eviden
ce
collecte
d
Course
outcomes
Dir
ect
Ass
essm
en
t m
eth
CIE* IA
Students
Three test
(average of
three tests)
Test 1
20 Blue
books
1,2
Test 2 3,4
Test 3 5,6
Suggested activity 05 Reports 1 2 3 4,5,6,7
SEE* End
Exam End of the course 100
Answer
scripts at
BTE
1,2,3,4,5,6
I
nd
irec
t A
sses
smen
t
Student Feedback
on course
Students
Middle of the course Feedback
forms
1, 2,3,
Delivery of
course
End of Course
Survey End of the course
Question
naires
1,2,3, 4,5,6
Effectiveness
of Delivery of
instructions
&
Assessment
Methods
*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination
Note: I.A. test shall be conducted for 20 marks. Average marks of three tests shall be rounded off
to the next higher digit.
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15CE21T Page 6
Weightage of Marks and blue print of marks for SEE
Unit Major Topics
Hou
rs
All
ott
ed Questions to be
set for SEE
Mark
s
wei
gh
tage
wei
gh
tage
(%)
A* B* Cognitive Levels
R U Ap
1 Introduction and chain surveying 10 30% 30% 40%
28 19 1 2 8 8 12
2 Compass surveying 10 30% 30% 40%
28 19 1 2 8 8 12
3 Leveling 10 35% 30% 35%
28 19 2 2 10 8 10
4 Leveling application 10 18% 35% 47%
28 19 2 2 5 10 13
5 Contouring 7 33% 33% 34%
19 13 2 1 6 6 7
6 Areas and volumes 5 0% 65% 35%
14 10 1 1 0 9 5
Total 52 145 100 9 10 37 49 59
A*-SEE QUESTIONS TO BE SET FOR (05MARKS ) in PART – A
B*- SEE QUESTIONS TO BE SET FOR (10MARKS) in PART – B
Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational
components such as:
Sl.
No Bloom’s taxonomy % in Weightage
1 Remembering and Understanding 61
2 Applying the knowledge acquired from the course 39
FORMAT OF I A TEST QUESTION PAPER (CIE) Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks
Ex: I test/6 th weak of sem 10-11 Am
I/II SEM SURVEYING-I
20 Year:
Course code:15CE21T
Name of Course coordinator : Units:__ CO’s:____
Question no
Question MARKS CL CO PO
1
2
3
4
Note: Internal choice may be given in each CO at the same cognitive level (CL).
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15CE21T Page 7
MODEL QUESTION PAPER (CIE)
Test/Date and
Time Semester/year Course/Course Code
Max
Marks
Ex: I test/6 th
week
of sem 10-11 Am
II SEM SURVEYING-I 20
Year: 2015-16 Course code:15CE21T
Name of Course coordinator :
Units:1, CO: 1,2.
Note: Answer all questions
Question M C
L
C
O PO
1 Define surveying. State the objects of surveying. 4 R 1 1,2,3,4,8.
2 Explain the following terms : a) Base line b) Check line c) Tie line. 3 U 1 1,2,3,4,8.
3 What is meant by local attraction? How it is detected and eliminated? 5 R/
U
2 1,2,3,4,5,
8.
4 Plot the following details of a field and calculate the area, all
measurements being taken in metres.
B0
8 5C
A4 15
18 3D
30E
8 A
1 1,2,3,4,8.
OR.
The following bearings were observed with compass. Calculate the
interior angles.
Line Fore bearing Back bearing
AB 60° 30′ 240
0 30’
BC 1220
0’ 3020 0’
CD 460 0’ 226
0 0’
DE 2050 30’ 25
0 30’
EA 3000 0’ 120
0 0’
2 1,2,3,4,5,
8.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Surveying and Levelling Vol- I & II by B C Punmia
2. Surveying and Levelling by T P konetkar& S V Kulkarni
3. Plane Surveying by Dr.Alak De
4. Surveying and Levelling by S SBhavikatti
5. Surveying by Duggal
6. Surveying by R Agor
7. Fundamentals of Surveying by S K Roy
8. Surveying and Levelling by N NBasak
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15CE21T Page 8
E-links
1. www.elearning.com/survey
2. http://nptel.ac.in/video.php?subjectId=105104101
3. http://media.sakshat.ac.in/NPTEL-IIT-Videos/
4. http://nptel.iitk.ac.in/courses/Civil_Eng/IIT%20Roorkee/Surveying.htm
5. http://nptel.iitk.ac.in/
Model Question Paper
Code: 15CE21T
Second Semester Diploma Examination
SURVEYING-I
Time: 3 hours ] [Max. Marks: 100
Note: 1. Answer any SIX questions from Section-I, Each question carries 5 marks
2. Answer any SEVEN questions from Section-II, Each question carries 10 marks
SECTION- I
1. Define surveying. State the objects of surveying.
2. Draw a suitable convention signs of hill, chain line, stream, benchmark,.
3. Compare Prismatic compass with surveyors compass
4. At a place the bearing of sun is measured at local noon and found to be 1750 15’. What is
the magnitude and direction of magnetic declination of the place?
5. Define the following terms
i) Level line ii) Parallax iii) change point
6. Explain the temporary adjustments of a Dumpy level
7. What are the uses of taking L/S & C/S?
8. What are the different sources of errors in levelling?
9. What is Contour interval? List the factors affecting it.
SECTION- II
1. a) What is Reconnaissance survey and state its importance?
b) Plot the following details of a field and calculate the area, all measurements being
taken in metres.
0
8 5
4 15
18 3
30
2. a) Differentiate between Check line and Tie line?
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15CE21T Page 9
b) What is Reconnaissance survey and state its importance?
3. a) Compare WCB system and R.B. system.
b) Convert the following W.C.B to R.B
i) 10 0 ii) 45
0 15’ iii) 135
0 45’ iv) 315
0 15’ v) 215
0 15’
4. The following bearings were observed in running a closed traverse.
Line Fore bearing Back bearing
AB 750 05’ 254
0 20’
BC 1150 20’ 296
0 35’
CD 1650 35’ 345
0 35’
DE 2240 50’ 44
0 05’
EA 3040 50’ 125
0 05’
At what station do you suspect local attraction? Determine the corrected bearings
5. a) The following consecutive readings were taken with a dumpy level: 0.875, 1.235, 2.310,
1.385, 2.930, 3.125, 4.125, 0.120, 1.875, 2.030, 3.765. The first reading was taken with the
staff held upon a BM of elevation 132.135. Enter the readings in level book form and reduce
the levels. Apply the usual checks. Find also the difference in level between the first and the
last points
b) Explain the method of block levelling.
6. a) Compare Rise & fall Method with Collimation method.
b) Calculate the reduce level by Rise and Fall method on a continuous sloping ground
with four meter levelling staff at common interval of 30m.
0.855(onA),1.545,2.335,3.115,3.825,0.455,1.380,2.055,2.855,3.455,0.585,1.015, 1.850,
2.755,3.845 (on B);The reduced level of A was 380.500. Make the entries in a level book and
apply usual checks.
7.In running Fly levels from a BM. Of RL. 384.705m the following readings were obtained :
BS: 3.215, 1.030, 1.295, 1.855
FS: 1.225, 3.290, 2.085
From the last position of the instrument, Six pegs at 25.00m intervals are to be set out on a
uniformly falling gradient of 1 in 100, the first peg is to have RL of 384.500m. Work out
the staff readings required for setting the top of the pegs on the given gradient.
8. Four sight rails are to be erected over points A,B,C and D 50m apart in a straight line. The
invert level of sewer at d is 74.500m. The sewer is on a gradient of 1 in 200 rising from D to
A. The RL of pegs on the surface of ground are 76.300, 75.500, 74.850, and 75.650
respectively from A to D. The height of sight rail at d is 1.5m. find the suitable height of the
boning rod and height of the sight rail above the pegs at A, B, and C
9. a) Mention any three uses of contour.
b) The areas within the contour lines at the site of reservoir and face of the proposed dam
are as follows.
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15CE21T Page 10
Contour (m) Area (m2
)
100 1000
103 128000
106 16600
109 18800
112 24400
115 30600
118 38400
If 100.00m is the bottom level and 118.00m is the maximum water level of the reservoir,
calculate the capacity of reservoir using trapezoidal formula and Prismoidal formula.
10.A road of constant RL 120.00m runs from North to South. The GL along the centre line of
the road are as follows:
Chainage
R.L.
0 117.50
30 116.25
60 115.95
90 116.65
120 117.20
150 117.85
180 115.70
Assuming no transverse slope, find the volume of earth work for a road of formation
width 8.00m with side slopes 1.5 :1 by;
i) Trapezoidal method ii) Prismoidal method
Model Question Bank
CO1: Able to understand the basics in surveying and chain surveying.
LEVEL: REMEMBER QUESTIONS
1. What are the principles of surveying
2. What is the Principles of chain surveying,
3. Draw a suitable convention signs of hill, chain line, stream, benchmark
LEVEL: UNDERSTANDING QUESTIONS
1. Explain the principles of surveying.
LEVEL: APPLICATION QUESTIONS
1. Plot the following details of a field and calculate the area, all measurements being
taken in metres.
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15CE21T Page 11
0
8 5
4 15
18 3
30
CO2:. Understand the principles of compass surveying and its applications.
LEVEL: REMEMBER QUESTIONS
1. State any four instrumental and personnel errors in prismatic compass survey.
2. What are the sources of errors in compass survey and what precautions will you take to
eliminate them.
LEVEL: UNDERSTANDING QUESTIONS
1. Explain the temporary adjustments of Compass.
2. Explain prismatic compass with a neat sketch
3. Explain i) True Bearing and Magnetic bearing ii) Dip and Declination
4. Compare Prismatic compass with surveyors compass
5. Differentiate between i) fore bearing and back bearing ii) closed traverse and open
traverse
6. What is meant by local attraction? How it is detected and eliminated?
LEVEL: APPLICATION QUESTIONS
1. Convert the following fore bearing to Back. Bearing
2. 125° 15’ b) N30° E c) 360° d) S45° 45’W e) N 25° 45’E
3. Compare WCB system and R.B. systems
4. Convert the following W.C.B to R.B
a. 10 0 ii) 45
0 15’ iii) 135
0 45’ iv) 315
0 15’ v) 215
0 15’
5. Convert the following RB to WCB
6. i) N 30° 15’ W ii) N 45° 45’ E iii) S 15° 15’ W iv) S 2 5° 15’ E
7. The following bearings were observed in running a closed traverse.
8. Line 9. Fore bearing 10. Back bearing
11. AB 12. 750 05’ 13. 254
0 20’
14. BC 15. 1150 20’ 16. 296
0 35’
17. CD 18. 1650 35’ 19. 345
0 35’
20. DE 21. 2240 50’ 22. 44
0 05’
23. EA 24. 3040 50’ 25. 125
0 05’
a. At what station do you suspect the local attraction? Determine the corrected
bearings
8.The following bearings were observed with compass. Calculate the interior angles.
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15CE21T Page 12
7. Line 8. Fore bearing 9. Back bearing
10. AB 11. 60° 30′ 12. 240
0 30’
13. BC 14. 1220
0’ 15. 3020 0’
16. CD 17. 460 0’ 18. 226
0 0’
19. DE 20. 2050 30’ 21. 25
0 30’
22. EA 23. 3000 0’ 24. 120
0 0’
9. At a place the bearing of sun is measured at local noon and found to be 1750 15’. What
is the magnitude and direction of magnetic declination of the place?
10. In an old survey made when the declination was 40W, the magnetic bearing of a given
line was 2100. The declination in the same locality is now10
0E. What is the true and
present magnetic bearing of the line?
CO3:. Able to understand the basics in levelling, types of levelling instruments and
methods of levelling
LEVEL: REMEMBER QUESTIONS
1. Define the following terms used levelling i) Level surface ii) level line iii) datum
2. What are the different types of levelling staff?
LEVEL: UNDERSTANDING QUESTIONS
1. Explain the temporary adjustments of a dumpy level?
2. Comparison of HI method & Rise & Fall method of computing the levels?
3. Explain the special methods of spirit levelling.
LEVEL: APPLICATION QUESTIONS
1. The following consecutive readings were taken with a dumpy level: 0.875, 1.235, 2.310,
1.385, 2.930, 3.125, 4.125, 0.120, 1.875, 2.030, 3.765. The first reading was taken with
the staff held upon a BM of elevation 132.135. Enter the readings in level book form
and reduce the levels. Apply the usual checks. Find also the difference in level between
the first and the last points.
2. Calculate the reduce level by Rise and Fall method on a continuous sloping ground with
four meter levelling staff at common interval of 30m.
0.855(onA),1.545,2.335,3.115,3.825,0.455,1.380,2.055,2.855,3.455,0.585,1.015, 1.850,
2.755,3.845 (on B);The reduced level of A was 380.500. Make the entries in a level
book and apply usual checks.
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15CE21T Page 13
CO4:. Able to understand the types of levelling, errors and its applications.
LEVEL: REMEMBER QUESTIONS
What are the uses of taking L/S & C/S?
LEVEL: UNDERSTANDING QUESTIONS
1. What are the different sources of errors in levelling? How are they eliminated?
LEVEL: APPLICATION QUESTIONS
1. During the fly levelling operation the following observations were made :
Back sight: 0.650, 2.155, 1.405, 2.655, 2.435
Fore sight: 2.455, 1.305, 0.5555, 2.405
The first back sight was taken on a BM of RL 100.500m. From the last back sight it is
required to set four pegs each at a distance of 30m on a falling gradient of 1 in 100.
Calculate the RL of these four pegs. Apply the check.
2. Four sight rails are to be erected over points A, B, C and D 50m apart in a straight
line. The invert level of sewer at d is 74.500m. The sewer is on a gradient of 1 in
200 rising from D to A. The RL of pegs on the surface of ground are 76.300,
75.500, 74.850, and 75.650 respectively from a to D. The height of sight rail at d
is 1.5m. find the suitable height of the boning rod and height of the sight rail
above the pegs at A, B, and C.
CO 5: Concept of contour, its uses and methods of contouring.
LEVEL: REMEMBER QUESTIONS
1. What is Contour? What are the uses of Contour maps?
2. What is Contour interval? List the factors affecting it.
LEVEL: UNDERSTANDING QUESTIONS
1. Explain the characteristics of contours with sketches
2. Mention the methods of locating Contours. Explain the method of locating
contour by cross-sections
3. What is interpolation of contours? Explain arithmetical method of interpolating
contours.
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15CE21T Page 14
LEVEL: APPLICATION QUESTIONS
1. The areas within the contour lines at the site of reservoir and face of the proposed dam
are as follows.
Contour (m) Area (m2
)
100 1000
103 128000
106 16600
109 18800
112 24400
115 30600
118 38400
If 100.00m is the bottom level and 118.00m is the maximum water level of the
reservoir, calculate the capacity of reservoir using trapezoidal formula and Prismoidal
formula.
CO 6: Able to compute area and volume of irregular figures.
LEVEL: REMEMBER QUESTIONS
1.Write the formula to calculate the area of an irregular figure by
a. Trapezoidal Rule
b. Simpson’s Rule
2.Write the formula to calculate the volume of an irregular figure by
a. Trapezoidal Rule
b. Prismoidal Rule
LEVEL: UNDERSTANDING QUESTIONS
1.Differentiate between Trapezoidal Rule and Simpson’s Rule.
LEVEL: APPLICATION QUESTIONS
1. A road of constant RL 120.00m runs from North to South. The GL along the
centre line of the road are as follows:
Chainage R.L.
0 117.50
30 116.25
60 115.95
90 116.65
120 117.20
150 117.85
180 115.70
Assuming no transverse slope, find the volume of earth work for a road of
formation width 8.00m with side slopes 1.5 :1 by;
ii) Trapezoidal method
iii) Prismoidal method.
DirectorateOfTechnicalEducationKarnatakaState15EE01E Page1
Government of KarnatakaDepartment of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru
Pre-requisites :Mathematics and Science in Secondary Education.
Course Objectives :To introduce the concept of electrical current, voltage, power, energy, electrical circuits, magnetic fields, electromagnetic induction and alternating current. Introduction of Transformers, DC Generators, AC Generators and Motors, protective devices and Earthing. Introduction to Battery, UPS, electronic components and their applications.
Course Unit-wise Weightage of Marks:
Unit Nos.
TopicsTeaching
Hours
SEEMax.
Marks
1 Electricity and DC Circuits 10 30
2 Electromagnetism and DC Generators 6 15
3 AC Fundamentals, Transformers and AC Generators 10 30
4 Electric Motor Drives 9 25
5 Protective Devices, UPS and Estimation 8 20
6 Electronic Components and Applications 9 25
Total 52 145
Course Title: BASIC ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING Course Code : 15EE01E
Semester : I / II/ III Course Group : CoreTeaching Scheme (L:T:P) : 4:0:0 (in Hours) Credits : 4 CreditsType of course : Lecture + Assignments Total Contact Hours : 52CIE : 25 Marks SEE : 100 MarksProgramme: Mechanical (GL), Mechanical (Instr.), MTT, HPT, WSM, Automobile, Mechatronics,
Printing Technology, Textile Technology, Ceramics, Mining Engg., Metallurgical Engg., Aeronautical Engineering.
DirectorateOfTechnicalEducationKarnatakaState15EE01E Page2
Course Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
1. Understand basics of Electricity and Ohm’s law and DC circuits2. Understand Faraday’s laws of electromagnetic induction and DC Generator.3. Understand AC fundamentals, AC generator and Transformer.4. Differentiate the applications of DC & AC motors , necessity of starters.5. Understand protective devices like Fuses, MCB, and ELCB and earthing and safety
measures, Batteries and UPS.6. Understand electronic components and their applications, working of rectifiers and logic
gates.
Composition of Educational Components
Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational components (Bloom’s Taxonomy) such as:
Sl. No.
Educational ComponentWeightage (%) Total Marks (145)
1 Remembering 10 15
2 Understanding 70 100
3 Application 20 30
Total 100 145
DirectorateOfTechnicalEducationKarnatakaState15EE01E Page3
Course Outcome linkage to Cognitive Level
Cognitive Level Legend: R- Remember, U- Understand, A- Application
Course Outcome CL Linked PO
Teaching Hrs
CO1 Understand basics of Electricity and Ohm’s law and DC circuits R/U/A 1,2,10 10
CO2 Understand Faraday’s laws of electro-magnetic induction and DC Generator. R/U 1,2,10 6
CO3 Understand AC fundamentals, AC generator and Transformer. R/U/A 1,2,10 10
CO4 Differentiate the applications of DC & AC motors, necessity of starters.
R/U 2,10 9
C05Understand protective devices like Fuses, MCB, and ELCB and earthing and safety measures, Batteries and UPS.
U/A 1,2,10 8
C06Understand electronic components and their applications, working of rectifiers and logic gates.
U/A 1,2,10 9
Total sessions 52
DirectorateOfTechnicalEducationKarnatakaState15EE01E Page4
COURSE CONTENT AND BLUE PRINT OF MARKS FOR SEE:
UnitNo Unit Name
Hour
Max. Marks
per Unit
Questions to be set for(5marks )PART - A
Questions to be set for(10marks)PART - B
Marks weightage
(%)
R U A R U A
1Electricity and DC Circuits
10 30 1 1 - - 1 1 20
2Electromagnetism and DC Generators
6 15 1 - - - 1 - 10
3AC Fundamentals, Transformers and AC Generators
10 30 1 - 1 - 2 - 20
4 Electric Motor Drives 9 25 - 1 - 1 1 - 18
5Protective Devices, UPS and Estimation
8 20 - 1 1 - 1 - 14
6Electronic Components and Applications
9 25 - 1 - - 1 1 18
Total 52 1459
(45 Marks)10
(100 Marks)100
Course-PO Attainment MatrixCourse Programme Outcomes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering. 3 3 - - - - - - - 3
LEVEL 3- HIGHLY ADDRESSED, LEVEL 2-MODERATELY ADDRESSED, LEVEL 1-LOW ADDRESSED.METHOD IS TO RELATE THE LEVEL OF PO WITH THE NUMBER OF HOURS DEVOTED TO THE COS WHICH ADDRESS THE GIVEN PO.IF >40% OF CLASSROOM SESSIONS ADDRESSING A PARTICULAR PO, IT IS CONSIDERED THAT PO IS ADDRESSED AT LEVEL 3 IF 25 TO 40% OF CLASSROOM SESSIONS ADDRESSING A PARTICULAR PO, IT IS CONSIDERED THAT PO IS ADDRESSED AT LEVEL 2 IF 5 TO 25% OF CLASSROOM SESSIONS ADDRESSING A PARTICULAR PO, IT IS CONSIDERED THAT PO IS ADDRESSED AT LEVEL 1 IF < 5% OF CLASSROOM SESSIONS ADDRESSING A PARTICULAR PO, IT IS CONSIDERED THAT PO IS CONSIDERED NOT-ADDRESSED.
DirectorateOfTechnicalEducationKarnatakaState15EE01E Page5
Course Content:
Unit 1
Electricity and DC Circuits: Introduction to sources of electrical energy, advantages, effects of electric current and its applications. Electrical current, voltage, emf, potential difference, electric work, power, energy & their units and measuring instruments. Conductors, insulators and semiconductors. Resistance, Ohm’s law and limitations, Problems on ohms law. .Problems on power and energy. Resistances connected in series, parallel, series and parallel combinations. Simple problems on resistance combinations..Horse Power and BHP
Unit 2
Electromagnetism: Magnetic field, Magnetic flux, Magneto motive force, flux density, Reluctance and their units. permeability. Faraday’s laws, statically and dynamically induced EMF, self and mutual induced emf. Inductance, mutual inductance and their units.DC Generator: Construction and working.
Unit 3
Fundamentals of AC Circuits: Sinusoidal voltage, current, amplitude, time-period, cycle,frequency, phase, phase difference, RMS value, Average value, form factor, and their units.Simple Problems. Capacitance, capacitive reactance, inductive reactance, impedance and their units. Power, power factor and units. Problems on reactance, impedance , power and power factor in series R-L,RC,RLC circuits. Difference between single phase and three phase power. Advantages of three phase power over singe phase power.Transformers: construction working, application, ratings.AC Generators: construction working, applications, ratings.
Unit 4
Electric Motor Drives: DC motors, types, applications and selection criteria. AC motors, single and three phase motors, selection criteria, FHP motors applications and selection criteria, applications of single phase and three-phase motors. Name plate details of single phase and 3 phase motors. Necessity of starters for AC motors, types and applications.Advantages of 3 phase motors over single phase motors. List out the motors used for following purposes; Mining, Printing, Textiles, Cement, Mechanical, Aeronautical and Chemical industries by giving selection criteria. Importance of Motor enclosures, types, andtheir applications.
Unit 5
Protective Devices, UPS& Estimation: Necessity of protective devices, ratings, rewireable, cartridge, and HRC fuses. Types of switches, MCB and ELCB. Necessity of electrical earthing and types. General safety precautions to prevent electrical accident, first aid in electric shock. Cell, battery, types of batteries, conditions of fully charged and discharged battery of lead acid battery, sealed maintenance free (SMF) battery. Selection of batteries.UPS, types, applications and selection criteria of UPS.i)Plan and estimate the cost of electrical wiring for one 3mX3m room having consisting of 2 tube lights, 1 ceiling fan, 2 three pin socket.
DirectorateOfTechnicalEducationKarnatakaState15EE01E Page6
ii) Plan and estimate the cost of electrical wiring for one lathe for three phase wiring with MCBs, starters, Iron clad switches, and HRC fuses.
Unit 6
Electronic Components and Applications: Intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors, P and Ntype materials. Diode, types and their applications. Forward and Reverse bias characteristics of a Diode. Half wave ,full wave and bridge rectifiers without filter. Zener diode as a voltage regulator. Transistor (BJT)working, applications, and transistor as a switch.SCR working and industrial applications. Timers, applications. Relays, applications. Logic gates –OR,AND,NOT, EX-OR, NAND, and NOR, meaning and advantages of IC.
Reference Books:
1. ABC of Electrical Engineering by B. L. Theraja and A. K. Theraja, S Chand Publishers, New Delhi, 2014 Edition.
2. Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering by S. K. Bhattacharya, Pearson Education India, 2012 Edition.
3. Electronic Devices and Circuits by I. J. Nagrath, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2007 Edition.4. Basic Electrical Engineering byV. Mittle and ArvindMittle, McGrawHill Companies,
2005 Edition.
e-Resources
5. http://jenko.eu/marjan/fpp_izredni/knjiga_df/df_1_digital_concepts.pdf6. http://www.facstaff.bucknell.edu/mastascu/elessonshtml/eeindex.html - Welcome to
Exploring Electrical Engineering.7. Fundamentals Handbook of Electrical Science, Module 1, Basic Electrical Theory,
Department of Energy, U. S. Department of Energy, June 1992. 8. http://www.freeengineeringbooks.com/Electrical/Basic-Electrical-Engineering.php9. http://www.electrical-engineering-portal.com
DirectorateOfTechnicalEducationKarnatakaState15EE01E Page7
Course Contents with Lecture Schedule:
Lesson No./Session No.
Contents Duration
Electricity and DC Circuits: 10 Hours
1. Introduction to sources of electrical energy, advantages, 01 Hour
2. Effects of electric current and its applications. 01 Hour
3. Electrical current, voltage, emf, potential difference 01 Hour
4.Electric work, power, energy & their units and measuring instruments.
01 Hour
5. Problems on power and energy 01 Hour
6. Conductors, insulators and semiconductors. Resistance. 01 Hour
7. Ohm’s law and limitations. 01 Hour
8. Problems on ohms law 01 Hour
9.Resistances connected in series, parallel, series and parallel combinations. Horse Power and BHP.
01 Hour
10. Simple problems on resistance combinations. 01 Hour
Electromagnetism and DC Generator 6 Hours
11. Magnetic field, Magnetic flux, Magneto motive force 01 Hour
12. Flux density, Reluctance and their units. Permeability. 01 Hour
13. Faraday’s laws, Statically and dynamically induced EMF, 01 Hour
14. Self and mutual induced emf. 01 hour
15. Inductance, mutual inductance and their units. 01 Hour
16. DC Generator- construction and working 01 Hour
Fundamentals of AC Circuits, Transformers, and AC Generators
10 Hours
17.Sinusoidal voltage, current, amplitude, time - period, cycle,frequency,
01 Hour
18.Phase, phase difference, RMS value, Average value, form factor, and their units. Problems on sinusoidal wave.
01 Hour
DirectorateOfTechnicalEducationKarnatakaState15EE01E Page8
Lesson No./Session No.
Contents Duration
19.Capacitance, capacitive reactance, inductive reactance,impedance and their units.
01 Hour
20.Power, power factor and units. Difference between single phase and three phase power.
01 Hour
21. Problems on reactance, impedance , power and Power factor. 01 Hour
22. Advantages of three phase power over single phase power 01 Hour
23. Transformers- construction and working, 01 Hour
24. Transformers- ratings and applications. 01 Hour
25. AC Generators- construction working, 01 Hour
26. AC Generators-ratings and applications. 01 Hour
Electric Motor Drives 9 Hours
27. DC Motors, types, applications 01 Hour
28. Selection criteria of DC motors. 01 Hour
29.AC motors, single and three phase, Advantages of 3 phase motors over single phase motors.
01 Hour
30. Selection criteria for AC motor selection 01 Hour
31. FHP motors applications and selection criteria, 01 Hour
32. Applications of single phase and three-phase motors. 01 Hour
33.Name plate details of single phase and 3 phase motors. Necessity of starters for AC motors, types and applications.
01 Hour
34.
List out the motors used for following purposes; Mining, Printing, Textiles, Cement, Mechanical, Aeronautical and Chemical industries by giving selection criteria.
01 Hour
35. Motor enclosures, importance and their applications. 01 Hour
Protective Devices, Batteries ,UPS and Estimation 8Hours
36. Necessity of protective devices. Types 01 Hour
DirectorateOfTechnicalEducationKarnatakaState15EE01E Page9
Lesson No./Session No.
Contents Duration
37.Rewire-able fuse, fuse cartridge, and HRC fuse. Types of switches, MCB and ELCB. and Ratings of protective devices.
01 Hour
38.Necessity of electrical earthing and types. General safety precautions and electric shock treatment.
01 Hour
39.Cell, battery, types of batteries, conditions of fully charged and discharged battery of lead acid battery
01 Hour
40. Sealed maintenance free (SMF) battery. Selection of batteries. 01 Hour
41. UPS, types, applications and selection criteria of UPS. 01 Hour
42.Plan and estimate the cost of electrical wiring for one 3mx3m room consisting of 2 tube-lights, 1ceiling fan, 2 three pin socket.
01 Hour
43.Plan and estimate the cost of electrical wiring for One lathe for three phase wiring with MCBs, starters, Iron clad switches, and HRC fuses.
01 Hour
Electronic Components and Applications 9 Hours
44. Intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors, P and Ntype materials. 01 Hour
45.Diode, types and their applications. Forward and Reverse bias characteristics of a Diode.
01 Hour
46. Half wave and full wave bridge rectifiers without filter. 01 Hour
47. Zener diode as a voltage regulator. Transistor (BJT) -working, 01 Hour
48. Transistor types, applications, and transistor as a switch. 01 Hour
49. SCR working and industrial applications. 01 Hour
50. Timers, applications. 01 Hour
51. Relays, applications. 01 Hour
52.Logic gates–OR,AND,NOT, EX-OR, NAND, and NOR, advantages and applications of IC.
01 Hour
DirectorateOfTechnicalEducationKarnatakaState15EE01E Page10
Course Delivery:
The Course will be delivered through lectures, classroom interaction, animations, group discussion, exercises and assignments.
Course Assessment and Evaluation
WhatTo
WhomFrequency
Max Marks
Evidence Collected
Course Outcomes
I A Tests
Three IA tests for Theory:(Average marks of Three Tests to be computed).
20 Blue Books 1 to 6
Classroom Assignments
Student Activities
05Log of
Activity1 to 6
TOTAL 25
End ExamEnd of the
Course100
Answer Scripts at
BTEALL CO’s
Student Feedback on course
Middle of The Course
Feed Back Forms 1-3 Co’s
End Of Course SurveyEnd of The
CourseQuestionnaires All Co’s
*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination
Note: I.A. test shall be conducted for 20 marks. Average marks of three tests shall be rounded off to the next higher digit.
Note to IA verifier: The following documents to be verified by CIE verifier at the end of semester
1. Blue books ( 20 marks)2. Student suggested activities report for 5 marks and should be assessed on RUBRICS3. Student feedback on course regarding Effectiveness of Delivery of instructions &
Assessment Methods.
DirectorateOfTechnicalEducationKarnatakaState15EE01E Page11
Suggested Student Activities:
Each Student has to prepare a self-hand written report of 3 pages or solved in a blue book
considering any one of the following topics.
1. Using suitable meters/ instruments give the practical working circuits to measure
Resistance, Current, Voltage, Power and Energy in DC and AC (Single phase)
Circuits.
2. Report on different materials used for electromagnets with their properties.
3. Applications of Electro Magnetic Induction, statically induced and dynamically
induced emf, self and mutual induced emfs.
4. Practical applications of Single Phase AC supply and Three phase AC supply with
their operating voltages and other electrical parameters.
5. Report on types of starters and enclosures used for various industrial applications of
AC motors.
6. Visit nearby Battery charging and inverter (UPS) shop or show room and prepare a report of the visit.
7. Visit nearby electronics shop/ market and identify the different diodes and rectifier with their ratings.
8. Prepare a wiring plan for a building/ lab/ room, etc.
DirectorateOfTechnicalEducationKarnatakaState15EE01E Page12
FORMAT OF I A TEST QUESTION PAPER (CIE)Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks
Ex: I test/6 th weak of sem 10-11 Am
I/II SEM20
Year:Name of Course coordinator : Units:__ CO’s:____
Question no Question MARKS CL CO PO
1234
Note: Internal choice may be given in each CO at the same cognitive level (CL).
DirectorateOfTechnicalEducationKarnatakaState15EE01E Page13
MODEL QUESTION PAPER (CIE)
Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks
2nd Test/ 10 th week, 9 Feb 16, 10-11 AM
I SEM, Mech. Engg. Basic Electrical and Electronics Engg. 20
Year: 2015-16 Course code: 15EE01EName of Course coordinator: Units Covered :3 and 4Course Outcomes : 3 and 4Instruction :(1). Answer all questions (2). Each question carries five marksQuestion
No.Question CL CO PO
1 Define and state the units of i) Maximum value ii) Instantaneous value and iii) form factor.
R 3 1,2,10
2 Explain the construction of an AC Generator.ORA resistance of 100 Ω is connected in series with a capacitance of 150 µF. If this is connected to 200V, 50 Hz supply, find i) Impedance ii) Current and iii) Power factor
U
A
3 1,2,10
3 State the necessity of Starters for AC Motors. List the types and applications.
R 4 2, 10
4 Explain the need of mechanical enclosures. List the types and applications.ORList out the applications of DC and AC Motors.
U
U
4 2, 10
CL: Cognitive Level, R-Remember, U-Understand, A-Application, PO: Program Outcomes
DirectorateOfTechnicalEducationKarnatakaState15EE01E Page14
Model Question Paper:
Code:15EE01EI /II Semester Diploma Examination
BASIC OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
(Common for Mechanical (GL), Mechanical (Instr.), MTT, HPT, WSM, Mechatronics, PrintingTechnology, Textile Technology, Ceramics, Mining Engg., Metallurgical Engg..)
Time: 3 Hours] [Max Marks: 100
Note: i) Answer any SIX questions from PART - A. Each question caries 5 marks. ii) Answer any SEVEN Questions from PART - B. Each question caries 10
marks.
PART – A
1. State the Sources of Electrical Energy.
2. Define and mention the SI units of i) Electric Current ii) Voltage
3. State Faraday’s First and Second Laws of Electromagnetic Induction.
4. Define i) RMS value ii) Average value and write equations.
5. State the working principle of a Transformer.
6. State Five applications of DC motors.
7. Write the name plate details of a three phase Induction Motor.
8. Distinguish between MCB and ELCB.
9. State the advantages of Integrated Circuits over discrete components.
PART – B
10. a. State Ohm’s Law and mentions the limitations. 4b. Three resistances of 6 Ω, 4 Ω and 10 Ω are connected in series, across supply of
100 V, Find i) Effective resistance of the circuit.ii) Total current in the circuit.iii) Current through each resistance 6
11. a. Define i) Electric Power ii) Electric Energy and mention the meters used to measure them. 4
b. A house consists of two bulbs of 100W each, three bulbs of 60W each and one
DirectorateOfTechnicalEducationKarnatakaState15EE01E Page15
fluorescent lamp of 40W. If they are used for 4 hours a day, find monthly consumption charges at Rs. 2.70 per unit. 6
12. a. Define with SI Units. i) Magnetic Flux ii) Magneto motive Force. 4b. Distinguish between Statically Induced and Dynamically Induced emf. 6
13. a. Explain the construction of DC Generator. 4b. Draw a sinusoidal waveform and mark the following
i) Maximum valueii) Instantaneous valueiii) cycle 6
14.a. State Five advantages of 3-phase power supply over 1-phase power supply. 5b. Explain the construction of an AC Generator. 5
15. a. State Five applications of FHP motors. 5b. State the necessity of starters for 3-phase induction motors and list the types. 5
16. a. State the advantages of three phase motors over single phase motors. 5b. Explain the need for different motor enclosures and state the applications. 5
17. a. State any five general electrical safety precautions. 5b. Mention the conditions for fully charged and discharged lead acid battery. 5
18. a. Explain the selection criteria of an un-interrupted power supply (UPS). 4b. Distinguish between Intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors. 6
19. a. Explain the working of a full wave diode bridge rectifier with a neat sketch. 5b. Draw the logic symbol and write the truth table for
i) NAND gate and ii) NOR gate. 5
------
DirectorateOfTechnicalEducationKarnatakaState15EE01E Page16
Model Question Paper Bank
All the questions carry 5 marks each.
Unit 1 - Electricity and DC Circuits
Cognitive Level: REMEMBER
1. State the Sources of Electrical Energy.2. State Five effects of Electrical Current with an example each.3. Define and mention the SI units of i) Electric Current ii) Voltage.4. Define and mention the SI units of i) Potential Difference ii) Resistance5. Define i) Electric Current ii) Voltage and mention the meters used to measure them.
Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND
6. Mention any five applications of Electrical Energy.7. State five advantages of electrical energy over other forms of energy.8. Distinguish between Conductors and Insulators.9. Distinguish between Conductors and Semi-conductors.10. State Ohm’s Law and mentions its limitations. 11. State and explain Ohm’s Law.12. Define Horse power and Brake Horse power
Cognitive Level: APPLICATION
13. Determine the equivalent resistance of three resistances R1, R2 and R3 when 14. connected in series across a supply voltage of V volts.15. Determine the equivalent resistance of three resistances R1, R2 and R3 when
connected in parallel across a supply voltage of V volts.16. Three resistances of 6 Ω, 4 Ω and 10 Ω are connected in series, across supply
of 100 V, Find i) Effective resistance of the circuit.ii) Total current in the circuit.iii) Current through each resistance iv) Voltage drop across each resistance.
17. Define i) Electric Power ii) Electric Energy and mention the meters used to measure them.
18. Define Electric Power and write the three equations of electrical power with current, voltage and resistance.
19. A 100 watt lamp is used for 6 hours and a 60 watt lamp is used for 4 hours a day. Find i) Energy consumed per month and
Course Title: BASIC ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING Course Code : 15EE01E
DirectorateOfTechnicalEducationKarnatakaState15EE01E Page17
ii) Cost of energy if each unit costs Rs.2.7020. A house consists of two bulbs of 100W each, three bulbs of 60W each and one
fluorescent lamp of 40W. If they are used for 4 hours a day, find monthly consumption charges at Rs. 2.70 per unit.
.Unit 2 – Electromagnetism
Cognitive Level: REMEMBER
21. Define with SI units. i) Flux density ii) Reluctance.22. Define with SI units. i) Magnetic flux ii) Magneto Motive Force.23. Define with SI units i) Permeability ii) Reluctance.24. Define with SI units a) Inductance b) Mutual inductance
Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND
25. State Faraday’s First and Second Laws of Electromagnetic Induction.26. Distinguish between Statically Induced and Dynamically Induced e.m.f.27. Distinguish between self-induced and mutual-induced e.m.f.28. Explain with a sketch statically induced emf with an example.29. Explain with a sketch dynamically induced emf with an example.30. Explain the construction of DC Generator.31. Explain the working of a DC Generator.
Unit 3 - Fundamentals of AC Circuits
Cognitive Level: REMEMBER
32. Define i) RMS value ii) Average value and write equations.33. Define the following with reference to a sinusoidal waveform
a) Maximum valueb) Instantaneous valuec) Form factor.
34. Define with equations, i) Capacitive reactance ii) Inductive reactance.35. What is a transformer? State its applications.36. What is an AC generator? State its applications.37. Define with SI units. i) Frequency and ii) Time period.
Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND
38. Explain with illustration i) phase and ii) phase difference.39. Draw a sinusoidal waveform and mark the following
i) Maximum valueii) Instantaneous value
DirectorateOfTechnicalEducationKarnatakaState15EE01E Page18
iii) cycleiv) Time Period.
40. The instantaneous value of current is given by i = 50 sin 520 t, findInstantaneous value at t = 5ms ,Maximum value, Frequency and Time period
41. Explain Impedance, mention the SI unit and also write the equation.42. Explain the construction of an AC Generator.43. State the working principle of a transformer.
Cognitive Level: APPLICATION
44. A resistance of 100 Ω is connected in series with a capacitance of 150 μF. If this is connected to a 200 V, 50 Hz supply, Find Capacitive reactance.Impedance of the circuit, Power factor, and Current
45. A resistance of 20 is connected in series with a inductance of 0.07 H . If this is connected to a 200V, 50 Hz supply, find Inductive reactance, Impedance, Power factor, and current
46. Define power factor and explain its effect on electrical power.47. Compare between three phase power supply and single phase power supply.48. State Five advantages of three phase power supply over single phase power
supply.49. Explain the working principle of an AC generator.50. Explain the construction of a transformer.51. Write the ratings of a typical transformer.52. Write the ratings of a typical AC generator.
Unit 4 - Electric Motor DrivesCognitive Level: REMEMBER
53. What is a DC motor? List the types of DC motors.54. State five applications of DC motors.55. What is an AC motor? List the types of AC motors.56. State the applications of single phase AC motors.57. State the applications of three phase AC motors.58. State the necessity of starters for three phase induction motors and list the59. types.60. State the advantages of three phase motors over single phase motors.
Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND
61. Explain briefly the selection of DC motors.62. Compare single phase and three phase AC motors.63. Explain briefly the selection of single phase and three phase AC motors.64. What is FHP motor? List the applications of FHP motors.
DirectorateOfTechnicalEducationKarnatakaState15EE01E Page19
65. Explain briefly the selection of FHP motors.66. What is the importance of name plate details of an AC motor. Give one 67. example for single phase and three phase AC motor.68. State the necessity of starters for three phase AC motors and list the types and 69. applications.70. List out the various industrial applications of DC motors.71. List out the selection criteria of DC motors for various industrial applications.72. List out the various industrial applications of AC motors.73. List out the selection criteria of AC motors for various industrial applications.74. Explain the need of mechanical enclosures for motors and state the applications.75. List the different types of mechanical enclosures for motors with their applications.
Unit 5 - Protective Devices, UPS and Estimation
Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND
76. Sate the meanings of over voltage, under voltage and normal voltage w.r.t AC.77. Sate the meanings of over loading, over and short circuit currents. 78. What is fuse? List the types.79. List the applications of re-wire able, cartridge, and HRC fuses.80. List out the different types of switches with their symbols.81. State the sequence of steps for shock treatment.82. State the definitions of Cell and Battery. List the types of Batteries.83. What are SMF batteries? List the advantages over conventional batteries. 84. What are the functions of UPS.
Cognitive Level: APPLICATION
85. Explain the necessity of Protective devices. List the types. 86. Distinguish between MCB and ELCB.87. Explain the necessity of electrical Earthing. List types of earthing.88. Explain the necessity of earthing an electrical equipment..89. State any five general electrical safety precautions.90. Explain briefly electric shock treatment.91. Explain the ratings of Battery.92. Differentiate Primary and Secondary Batteries.93. Mention the conditions for fully charged and discharged Lead Acid Battery.94. Explain the selection of batteries.95. What is an UPS and its rating? List the different types. 96. Explain the selection criteria of an Un-interrupted Power Supply.97. Plan and estimate the cost of electrical wiring for one 3mX3m room having consisting
of 2 tubelights,1 ceiling fan, 2 three pin socket .98. Plan and estimate the cost of electrical wiring for One lathe for three phase wiring
with MCBs, starters, Iron clad switches ,and HRC fuses
DirectorateOfTechnicalEducationKarnatakaState15EE01E Page20
Unit 6 - Electronic Components and ApplicationsCognitive Level: UNDERSTAND
99. What are semiconductors? List the properties. 100. What are semiconductors? List the types and applications.101. What is a Diode. List the types and their applications. 102. With a neat diagram explain the working of half wave rectifier.103. What is a transistor? Mention the types with their symbols.104. Explain the operation of Zener diode as a Voltage Regulator.105. List the applications of Timers. 106. What is a Relay. List the types.107. List the applications of Relays. 108. What is an IC? State the advantages of Integrated Circuits over discrete 109. components.
Cognitive Level: APPLICATION
110. Distinguish between Intrinsic and Extrinsic semiconductors.111. Explain P and N type semiconductors.112. Explain the operation of PN junction Diode.113. Explain the operation of Diode in no bias, forward and reverse bias conditions.114. Explain the VI characteristics of Diode.115. Explain with a neat sketch and waveforms the working of a full wave bridge 116. rectifier.117. Explain the operation of NPN Transistor.118. What is a BJT. List the applications of BJTs.119. Explain with a neat circuit diagram the operation of Transistor as a Switch.120. What is a SCR or Thyristor. Write the symbol. Also, list the industrial 121. applications of SCRs.122. Explain with a simple diagram he operation of SCR.123. What is a Timer. List the types.124. Draw the logic symbol, write the truth table and Boolean expression for the
following logic gates; a) NOT b) OR c) AND d) NAND e) NOR f) EX-OR.
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State. 15MN33P Page 1
Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru
PREREQUISITES
Basic knowledge of Geography and Mining Geology.
OBJECTIVES
This course empowers students with such necessary knowledge and skills of geological
deposits and its estimation for economical mining.
On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to attain CO:
Course Outcome CL Linked
experiments
Linked
PO Teac
hing
Hrs
CO1 Identify the minerals and rocks of
economic importance. U/A 1 1,2,3,4,10 21
CO2
Distinguish various geological
formations and geological structures
of rocks, minerals on or below earth
for mining operations.
U/A 2 1,2,3,4,10 15
CO3 Prepare the maps on Structural
features in the Mining field. U/A 3 1,2,3,4,10 24
CO4
Evaluate samples based on
knowledge and skills of Mining
Geology. U/A/An 4 1,2,3,4,10 18
Total sessions 78
COURSE-PO ATTAINMENT MATRIX
Course Programme Outcomes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
MINING GEOLOGY
LAB.-II 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 3
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed. Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO. If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2 If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1 If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.
Course Title: MINING GEOLOGY LAB -II Course Code :15MN33P
Semester : III Course Group :Core
Teaching Scheme in Hrs (L:T:P): 0:2:4 Credits : 3 Credits
Type of course: TUTORIAL AND PRACTICE Total Contact Hours : 78
CIE: 25 Marks SEE :50 Marks
Programme: DIPLOMA IN MINING ENGINEERING
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State. 15MN33P Page 2
DETAILS OF CONTENTS
SL.NO. UNITS No. of
Hours
1 Observe samples of sedimentary and Metamorphic Rocks with
Tabular Classification Megascopically and record their properties.
Conglomerate
Sand Stone
Grit
Lime stone
Shale
Gneiss
Schist- Kyanite Schist, Mica Schist , Chlorite Schist
Slate
Marble
Quartzite.
21
2 Draw sketch of model showing different types of Joints, Faults and
Folds. 15
3 Drawing Profiles of Geological Maps
Draw Sections along given line and to describe Order of Super
Position, Structural features and Geological history. Start from
simple maps, like only Contours, Contours with Beds-
horizontal beds which are inclined.
Maps with intrusions-Like Sill, Dyke and Batholith.
Maps with faults.
Maps with unconformities.
24
4 Geological Field work
Geological Field Work to measure Dip and Strike of Rocks
with the help of Compass Clinometers.
Identify folds like Anticline and Syncline.
Identify Inlier and Outlier
Collect samples of any special Rock and Mineral specimens.
18
LIST OF MINERALS AND ROCK SPECIMENS
A set of 50 common Ore forming Minerals as mentioned in the Practical
1. A set of 50 Sedimentary and Metamorphic Rocks trimmed showing clear structures.
2. A Geological Lab Manual book of Structural Geology Maps.
3. Compass Clinometer.
4. Geological Hammers, Haver sacks, and lenses.
5. Brunton compass and clinometers.
6. Various types of structural models showing dip, strike, fault, fold etc.
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State. 15MN33P Page 3
LIST OF SOFTWARE/LEARNING WEBSITES
i. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geology
ii. http://geology.about.com/
iii. http://geology.com/
iv. www.youtube.com
v. www.nptel.com
Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational
components (Bloom’s taxonomy) such as:
Sl. No Bloom’s Category % Weightage
Weightage 1 Remembering &Understanding 60
2 Applying the knowledge acquired from the course 20
3 Analysis 10
4 Evaluation 5
5 Creating new knowledge 5
COURSE ASSESMENT AND EVALUATION SCHEME
What To whom
When/Where
(Frequency in the
course)
Max
Marks
Evidence
collected
Course
outcomes
Dir
ect
Ass
ess
men
t m
eth
CIE IA
Students
Two tests
(average of Two
tests to be
computed)
10 Blue books 1,2,3,4
Graded
exercise 10 Record 1, 2, 3, 4
Student activity 05 Log of Activity 1,2,3,4
SEE End
Exam End of the course 50
Answer scripts
at BTE 1,2,3,4
Ind
irec
t A
sses
smen
t
Student
Feedback on
course
Students
Middle of the
course Feedback forms
1, 2 Delivery of
course
End of Course
Survey End of the course Questionnaires
1,2,3, 4
Effectiveness of
Delivery of
instructions &
Assessment
Methods
*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination
Note: 1. I.A. test shall be conducted as per SEE scheme of valuation. However obtained marks
shall be reduced to 10 marks. Average marks of two tests shall be rounded off to the next
higher digit.
2. Rubrics to be devised appropriately by the concerned faculty to assess Student activities.
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State. 15MN33P Page 4
SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENTS ACTIVITIES:
Note: The following activities or similar activities for assessing CIE (IA) for 05 marks (Any
one)
Each student should do any one of the following type activity or any other similar
activity related to the course and before conduction and get it approved from concerned
course co-ordinator.
Each student should conduct different activity and no repeatation should occur.
Make a visit to any nearest mine or use the informations obtained during vocational
training and Submit hand written report of 500 words from the following activities or
similar activities.
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES (If required)
Show videos/animation films.
Arrange field visits.
Give Internet based activities.
Give a topic of geology for Group Discussion.
Give some special condition of geology for drawing a sheet to show all details
including special features of the ground.
SCHEME OF VALUATION
Sl. No. Topics Marks Allocation
1 Identification of any TWO Sedimentary and TWO
Metamorphic Rocks
16
2 To draw Section along given line and to describe the
Geological history of One Geological Map
14
3 One question on geological structures-Joints, Folds,
Faults,
05
4 Written test to evaluate the underpinning knowledge
component relevant for the given practical work
10
5 Viva voce 05
Total 50
Directorate Of Technical Education. Karnataka State 15CE23P Page 1
Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru
Pre requisites: Practical knowledge of Basic Science and Mathematics in Secondary
Education
Course Objective:
1. To provide knowledge of basic Principles of surveying.
2. Develop skills in using survey instruments, taking measurements and plotting the details
On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
Course Outcome Experiments
linked
CL Linked
PO
Teaching
Hrs
CO1 Use of instruments in chain surveying
and conducting experiments. 1 to 9 U/Ap 1,2,3,4,8, 24
CO2 Use of instruments in compass surveying
and conducting experiments. 10 to 13 U/Ap 1,2,3,4,8 21
CO3
Use of instruments in levelling and
conducting experiments on methods of
levelling.
14 to 18 U/Ap 1,2,3,4,8,
10. 21
CO4
Conduct Longitudinal and cross
sectioning for the given alignment and
analyze the data by Block levelling
(contours) prepare the drawings.
19,20 U/Ap 1,2,3,4,5,
8,9 12
CO5
Perform suggested activity related to
surveying, exploring in groups and able
to present it.
Suggested
activity U/Ap/
Ay/C 1 to 10 *
Total sessions 78
Legend- R; Remember U: Understand Ap: Application Ay: Analysis C:Creation E: Evaluation
* Related to Student activity beyond classroom hours.
Course Title: SURVEYING PRACTICE - I
Credits (L:T:P) : 0:2:4 Total Contact Hours: 78 Course Code: 15CE23P
Type of Course: Practical
and Mini-Project Credit : 03 Core/ Elective: Core
CIE- 25 Marks SEE- 50 Marks
Directorate Of Technical Education. Karnataka State 15CE23P Page 2
Programme outcome Attainment Matrix
Course
Programme Outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
Bas
ic k
no
wle
dg
e
Dis
cip
lin
e k
no
wle
dg
e
Ex
per
imen
ts a
nd
pra
ctic
e
En
gin
eeri
ng
Too
ls
En
gin
eer
and
so
ciet
y
En
vir
on
men
t &
Su
stai
nab
ilit
y
Eth
ics
Ind
ivid
ual
an
d T
eam
wo
rk
Co
mm
un
icat
ion
Lif
e lo
ng
lea
rnin
g
Surveying practice -I 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 1 2
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed. Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO. If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2 If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1 If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.
COURSE CONTENT Sl.
No Experiments Hours
CHAIN SURVEYING
1 Study of instruments required for chain surveying. 02 2 Ranging and chaining a line 02 3. Prolongation of a survey line 02 4 Practice of reciprocal ranging 03 5 Practice of different methods of Setting out perpendiculars 03 6 Set out Regular Polygons and compute its area 03 7 Practice of cross staff survey 03 8 Conduct traversing and record the data in the Field book 03 9 Obstacles in chaining 03
COMPASS SURVEYING 10 Study of prismatic compass and surveyors compass 06 11 Taking bearings and finding the included angles by using prismatic
compass
06
12 Set out regular and irregular Polygons using prismatic compass 06 13 Find the distance between two inaccessible points using Compass 03
LEVELLING 14 Study of level and its temporary adjustments 03 15 Taking level of various points and recording it in a level book 03 16 Finding the difference in elevation between two points by Simple &
Differential Levelling 06
17 Conduct Fly leveling to establish a Temporary BM and check its accuracy 06 18 Finding RL of given point by taking Inverted Staff Reading 03 19 Conduct Longitudinal and cross sectioning for the given alignment and plot
it 06
20 Conduct Block Levelling for an area and plot Contours 06
TOTAL 78
Directorate Of Technical Education. Karnataka State 15CE23P Page 3
Course Delivery: The course will be delivered through lectures, Demonstration and practices
🎯 SUGGESTED ACTIVITIES
The topic should be related to the course in order to enhance his knowledge, practical skill &
and lifelong learning, communication, modern tool usage.
1. Prepare a spread sheet of Rise and fall method or height of instrument method showing
the calculation by using formula bar.
2. Layout Plan of Existing Campus
3. Contour Map of Existing Campus
4. Dividing the area into plots using town planning rules, and plot it
5. Carryout reciprocal levelling and make a presentation
6. Presentation on Precise levelling
7. Presentation on Digital levelling
8. Presentation on Digital ground model
9. Presentation on Data logger
10. Presentation on Triangular grid model
11. Presentation on Units of measurements used in survey from history
12. Sensitivity of bubble used in levelling
13. Two Peg Test
14. Three Wire Levelling
15. Permanent Adjustments of a Dumpy Level
NOTE:
1. Students should select any one of the above or other topics relevant to the subject
approved by the concerned faculty, individually or in a group of 3 to 5. Students
should mandatorily submit a written report and make a presentation on the topic. The
task should not be repeated among students. Report will be evaluated by the faculty as
per rubrics. Weightage for 5 marks Internal Assessment shall be as follows:
(Unsatisfactory 1, Developing 2, Satisfactory 3, Good 4, Exemplary 5)
2. Reports should be made available along with bluebooks to IA verification officer
Directorate Of Technical Education. Karnataka State 15CE23P Page 4
Example of model of rubrics / criteria for assessing student activity
Dimension
Students score
(Group of five students)
ST
UD
EN
T 1
ST
UD
EN
T 2
ST
UD
EN
T 3
ST
UD
EN
T 4
ST
UD
EN
T 5
Rubric Scale Unsatisfactory 1, Developing 2, Satisfactory 3, Good 4, Exemplary5 1.Literature 1
2.Fulfill team’s roles
& duties
4
3.Conclusion 3
4.Convensions 5
Total 13
Average=(Total /4) 3.25=4
Note: Concerned faculty (Course coordinator) must devise appropriate rubrics/criteria for
assessing Student activity for 5 marks One activity to attain last CO (course outcome) may be
given to a group of FIVE students
Note: Dimension should be chosen related to activity and evaluated by the course faculty
Dimension
Rubric Scale
1
Unsatisfactory
2
Developing
3
Satisfactory
4
Good
5
Exemplary
1.Literature Has not
included
relevant info
Has
included
few
relevant
info
Has
included
some
relevant
info
Has included
many
relevant info
Has included
all relevant
info needed
2. Fulfill team’s
roles & duties
Does not
perform any
duties
assigned
Performs
very little
duties
Performs
partial
duties
Performs
nearly all
duties
Performs all
duties of
assigned
team roles
3.Communication Poor Less
Effective
Partially
effective
Effective Most
Effective
4.Convensions Frequent
Error
More Error Some Error Occasional
Error
No Error
Directorate Of Technical Education. Karnataka State 15CE23P Page 5
Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme:
Method What To
whom
When/Where
(Frequency in the
course)
Max
Marks
Evidence
collected
Course
outcomes
Dir
ect
Ass
essm
en
t
CIE* IA
Stu
den
ts
Two tests
(average of
Two tests will
be computed)
Test 1
10 Blue
books
1,2
Test 2 3,4
Graded exercises
(average of marks
allotted for each graded
exercise)
10 Record 1 2 3 4
Suggested activity 05 Report 1,2,3,4,5
Total 25
SEE* End
Exam End of the course 50
Answer
scripts at
BTE
1,2,3,4
Ind
irec
t
Ass
essm
en
t
Student Feedback
on course
Stu
den
ts
Middle of the course Feedback
forms
1, 2 Delivery of
course
End of Course
Survey End of the course
Questionn
aires
1,2,3,4,5
Effectiveness of
Delivery of
instructions &
Assessment
Methods
*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination
Note: I.A. test shall be conducted as per SEE scheme of valuation. However obtained marks
shall be reduced to 10 marks. Average marks of two tests shall be rounded off to the next higher
digit.
Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational
components such as:
Sl.
No Bloom’s taxonomy % in Weightage
1 Remembering and Understanding 38
2 Applying the knowledge acquired from the course 30
3 Analysis 16
4 Synthesis ( Creating new knowledge) 10
5 Evaluation 5
Scheme of Valuation for End Examination
Sl No Description Marks
1 Writing procedure 05
2 Conducting & Performance 20 3 Calculation and results 10
4 Viva-voice 05 5 Record +suggested activity report 10
Total 50
Directorate Of Technical Education. Karnataka State 15CE23P Page 6
List of equipment:
SL NO EQUIPMENTS QUANTITY
1 Auto / quick setting / Dumpy level with accessories 05
2 Metric chains 30m 05
3 Arrows 50
4 Tape 15m 15
5 Tape 30 m 05
6 Ranging rods 25
7 Cross staff, French cross staff , open cross staff, line ranger,
optical square, prism square, 05
8 Prismatic compass 05
9 Surveyor compass 02
TEXT BOOKS
1. Surveying and Levelling Vol- I & II by B C Punmia
2. Surveying and Levelling by T P konetkar & S V Kulkarni
3. Plane Surveying by Dr. Alak De
4. Surveying and Levelling by S S Bhavikatti
5. Surveying by Duggal
6. Surveying by R Agor
7. Fundamentals of Surveying by S K Roy
8. Surveying and Levelling by N N Basak
9. Advanced Surveying by R Agor
E-links
1. www.elearning.com/survey
2. http://nptel.ac.in/video.php?subjectId=105104101
3. http://media.sakshat.ac.in/NPTEL-IIT-Videos/
4. http://nptel.iitk.ac.in/courses/Civil_Eng/IIT%20Roorkee/Surveying.htm
5. http://nptel.iitk.ac.in/
Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE02P Page 1
Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru
Pre-requisites : Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering theory in Diploma curriculum.
Course Objectives : To provide practical knowledge about the DC &AC circuits, different wiring
circuits, Battery, Relay, three phase AC motor, Panel board, semiconductor
diodes, rectifiers and basic logic gates.
Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of the Course, the student will be able to:
1. Understand verification of Ohm’s law experimentally.
2. Rig-up various wiring control circuits, panel boardand meter board individuallyand
test.
3. Rig-up circuits to measure power and energy in ac circuit.
4. Test and report the conditions and ratings of Battery.
5. Start and reverse the three phase induction motor.
6. Understand the operation of relay, diode circuits, rectifier circuits and logic gates
Course Title:BASIC ELECTRICAL AND
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING LAB Course Code : 15EE02P
Semester : I /II/ III Course Group : Core
Teaching Scheme (L:T:P) : 0:2:4(in Hours) Credits : 3 Credits
Type of course : Tutorial + Practical Total Contact Hours : 78
CIE : 25 Marks SEE : 50 Marks
Programme: Mechanical (GL), Mechanical (Instr.), MTT, HPT, WSM, Mechatronics,Printing
Technology, Textile Technology, Ceramics, Mining Engg., Metallurgical Engg.
Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE02P Page 2
List of Graded Experiments:
1. Construct a suitable circuit to verify Ohm’s law.
2. Rig up and test the wiring circuit to control a lamp and a three pin socket
independently.
3. Rig up and test the wiring circuit to control two lamps independently.
4. Construct and test fluorescent lamp circuit.
5. Construct and test the staircase wiring circuit (control from 2 places).
6. Construct and test Meter board wiring using single phase Energymeter, MCB/ELCB,
Kit-kat fuse and neutral link.
7. Build and test a circuit to measure power and power factor in a single phase ac circuit.
8. Construct a circuit to measure energy in KWh in a single phase ac circuit.
9. Construct a suitable circuit to start and reverse the direction of three phase induction
motor using DOL/ Star-Delta/ Auto-Transformer starter.
10. Test and make a report of the fully charged and discharged conditions of a given
Lead-acid battery.
11. Construct a circuit using a single Relay to turn ON a lamp connected to NC and to
turn OFF another lamp connected to NO contacts of Relay.
12. Construct a circuit to obtain the forward bias characteristic of a Diode.
13. Construct and test Zener diode as a voltage regulator.
14. Build and test halfwave rectifier circuit.
15. Build and test full wave bridge rectifier circuit (without filter).
16. Construct a circuit to verify the truth tables of NOT,AND, OR, NOR and NAND
gates.
17. Identify and draw the layout diagram for a simple PANEL BOARD/consisting of bus
bars, CB/MCB/ELCB, meters, HRC fuses, magnetic contactors, cables, earthing
points.
ReferenceBooks:
1. Experiments in Basic Electrical Engineering by S.K.Bhattacharya, New Age
International Publications, 2007 Edition.
2. A Text book on Laboratory courses in Electrical Engg. by S.G. Tarnekar and
P.K.Karbanda.
e-Resources: 1. http://www.scribd.com/doc/39578646/New-First-year-Electrical-lab-manual#scribd
2. http://mrcet.ac.in/newwebsite/pdfs/Labmanuals-13/ECE/LabManuals/ DC%20LAB%
20%28180%29%20II-I.pdf
Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE02P Page 3
Composition of Educational Components:
Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational components
(Bloom’s taxonomy) such as:
Mapping Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:
(Course Outcome linkage to Cognitive Level)
Course Outcome Experiment
linked
PO
Mapped
Cognitive
Level
Lab
Sessions
CO1 Understand verification of
Ohm’s law experimentally. 1 2, 3, 8, 9, 10 R/U/A 3
CO2
Rig-up various wiring
control circuits, panel board
and meter board individually
and test.
2,3,4,5,6,17 2, 3, 8, 9, 10 U/A 18
CO3
Rig-up circuits to measure
power and energy in ac
circuit.
7,8 2, 3, 8, 9, 10 U/A 6
CO4
Test and report the
conditions and ratings of
Battery.
10 2, 3, 8, 9, 10 U/A 3
CO5 Start and reverse the three
phase induction motor 9 2, 3, 8, 9, 10 U/A 3
CO6
Understand the operation of
relay, diode circuits, rectifier
circuits and logic gates
11,12,13,
14,15,16 2, 3, 8, 9, 10 U/A 18
U-Understanding; A-application/ Analysis; App-Application
Sl.
No. Educational Component Weightage (%)
1 Remembering 20
2 Understanding 20
3 Application/ Analysis 60
Total 100
Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE02P Page 4
Course-PO Attainment Matrix
Course Programme Outcomes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Basic Electrical
and Electronics
Lab
- 3 3 - - - - 3 3 3
LEVEL 3- HIGHLY ADDRESSED, LEVEL 2-MODERATELY ADDRESSED, LEVEL 1-LOW ADDRESSED.
METHOD IS TO RELATE THE LEVEL OF PO WITH THE NUMBER OF HOURS DEVOTED TO THE COS WHICH ADDRESS THE GIVEN PO. IF >40% OF CLASSROOM SESSIONS ADDRESSING A PARTICULAR PO, IT IS CONSIDERED THAT PO IS ADDRESSED AT LEVEL 3
IF 25 TO 40% OF CLASSROOM SESSIONS ADDRESSING A PARTICULAR PO, IT IS CONSIDERED THAT PO IS ADDRESSED AT LEVEL 2 IF 5 TO 25% OF CLASSROOM SESSIONS ADDRESSING A PARTICULAR PO, IT IS CONSIDERED THAT PO IS ADDRESSED AT LEVEL 1 IF < 5% OF CLASSROOM SESSIONS ADDRESSING A PARTICULAR PO, IT IS CONSIDERED THAT PO IS CONSIDERED NOT-ADDRESSED.
Course Delivery:
The Course will be delivered through Tutorial, classroom interaction, group discussion,
practical exercises and assignments.
Tutorial - 1Hr:
Staff-in-charge will
1. Explain the concept of experiment to be conducted.
2. Teach required selection of components/ meters/ equipment/ suitable wires for the
experiment to be conducted.
3. Ask students to draw the circuit.
4. Give clear instructions about safety precautions to be followed while conducting
experiment.
Conduction/ Execution- 2 Hr:
Student will rig up the circuit diagram and conduct experiment individually under the
supervision of the staff-in-charge.
Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE02P Page 5
Course Assessment and Evaluation:
What
To
Whom Frequency Practical
Evidence
Collected
Course
Outcomes
Dir
ect
Ass
essm
ent
Met
hod
CIE
(Con
tin
uou
sIn
tern
al
Evalu
ati
on
)
I A
Tests
Stu
den
ts
Two IA tests for
Practical (Average
marks of both the
tests to becomputed)
10 Blue Books 1 to 6
Record
Writing
Record Writing (Average of Marks
allotted for each
experiment.)
10 Lab Record 1 to 6
Student Activity 05 Log of
Activity 1 to 6
TOTAL 25
SE
E
(Sem
este
r E
nd
Exam
inati
on
)
End
Exam
Stu
den
ts
End of the Course 50 Answer
Scripts 1 to 6
Ind
irec
t
Ass
essm
ent
Met
hod
Student Feedback
on course
Stu
den
ts Middle of The
Course Feed Back Forms 1 to 6
End of Course
Survey End of The Course Questionnaire 1 to 6
*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination
Note: 1. I.A. test shall be conducted as per SEE scheme of valuation. However obtained marks
shall be reduced to 10 marks. Average marks of two tests shall be rounded off to the next
higher digit.
2. Rubrics to be devised appropriately by the concerned faculty to assess Student activities.
Suggested Student Activities:
Each Student has to prepare a self-hand written report of 3 pages or solved in a blue book
considering any one of the following topics.
1. Mini-Projects: Like preparing extension box, switch box and wiring models,
2. Make a plan of building wiring for a lab/ room, etc.
3. Visit nearby Battery charging shop or show room and prepare a report of the visit.
4. Prepare a report of the conditions of batteries available in the Polytechnic.
Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE02P Page 6
5. For given voltage, current, Ah ratings of individual cell, and required voltage and
current rating of battery, prepare a report of calculations for number of cells and their
method of connections.
6. List out the different protective devices used in your laboratories or house with their
ratings.
7. List out the different types of wiring systems used in your laboratories or house with
their representation.
MODEL OF RUBRICS / CRITERIA FOR ASSESSING STUDENT ACTIVITY ( Course Coordinator)
Dimen
sion
Scale Students score
(Group of five
students)
1
Unsatisfactory
2
Developing
3
Satisfactory
4
Good
5
Exemplary
1 2 3 4 5
1 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor 3
2 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor 2
3 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor 5
4 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor 4
Note: Concerned faculty (Course coordinator) must devise appropriate
rubrics/criteria for assessing Student activity for 5 marks
One activity on any one CO (course outcome) may be given to a group of FIVE students
Grand Average/Total
14/4
=3.5
≈4
Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE02P Page 7
Example only: MODEL OF RUBRICS / CRITERIA FOR ASSESSING STUDENT ACTIVITY-
Task given- Industrial visit and report writing
Dimensi
on
Scale Students score
(Five students)
1Unsatisfactory
2Developing
3
Satisfactory
4
Good
5
Exemplary1 2 3 4 5
1.Organi
sation
Has not
included
relevant info
Has
included
few relev
ant info
Has
included
some relev
ant info
Has
included
many relev
ant info
Has
included all
relevant
info needed
3
2. Fulfill
team’s
roles &
duties
Does not
perform any
duties
assigned
Performs
very little
duties
Performs
partial
duties
Performs
nearly all
duties
Performs
all duties of
assigned
team roles
2
3.Conclu
sion
Poor Less
Effective
Partially
effective
Summarise
s but not
exact.
Most
Effective
5
4.Conve
nsions
Frequent
Error
More
Error
Some
Error
Occasional
Error
No Error 4
Total marks 14/4=3.5
≈4
Scheme of Valuation for SEE(Semester End Examination)
Sl.
No. Particulars Marks
1. Identification of meters/ equipments/ wires/ tools/ etc. 05
2. Writing Circuit diagram and Procedure* 10
3. Conduction 20
4. Results 05
5. Viva-voce 10
Total 50
*Question Paper will have any ONE question from the list of experiments.
Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE02P Page 8
Model Question Bank:
1. Construct a suitable circuit to verify Ohm’s law. Also plot Graph.
2. Conduct an experiment to find the Resistance of a given unknown Resistor.
3. Rig up and test the wiring circuit to control a lamp and a three pin socket
independently.
4. Rig up and test the wiring circuit to control two lamps independently.
5. Construct and test fluorescent lamp circuit.
6. Construct and test the staircase wiring circuit (control from 2 places).
7. Conduct an experiment to control a lamp from two places.
8. Construct and test Meter board wiring using single phase Energy meter, MCB/ELCB,
Kit-kat fuse and neutral link.
9. Conduct a suitable experiment to test the Meter board wiring circuit.
10. Build and test a circuit to measure power and power factor in a single phase ac circuit.
11. Construct a circuit to measure energy in KWh in a single phase ac circuit.
12. Conduct an experiment to measure the single phase energy consumed in KWh for the
given electrical load.
13. Construct a suitable circuit to start and reverse the direction of three phase induction
motor using DOL starter.
14. Construct a suitable circuit to start and reverse the direction of three phase induction
motor using Star-Delta starter.
15. Construct a suitable circuit to start and reverse the direction of three phase induction
motor using three phase auto-transformer starter.
16. Test and make a report of the fully charged and discharged conditions of a given
Lead-acid battery.
17. Construct and test a circuit using a Relay to turn ON/ OFF a lamp connected to
230 Volts ac supply.
18. Conduct an experiment to control a lamp using a Relay.
19. Construct a circuit using a single Relay to turn ON a lamp connected to NC and to
turn OFF another lamp connected to NO contacts of Relay.
20. Conduct an experiment to turn ON a lamp and turn OFF another lamp using a single
Relay.
21. Construct a circuit to obtain the forward bias characteristic of a Diode.
22. Conduct an experiment to Plot the forward bias characteristic of a PN Junction Diode.
23. Construct and test Zener diode as a voltage regulator. Also, plot the Graph.
24. Build and test half wave rectifier circuit. Also, trace the input and output waveforms.
Course Title: BASIC ELECTRICAL AND
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING LAB Course Code: 15EE02P
Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE02P Page 9
25. Build and test full wave bridge rectifier circuit (without filter). Also, trace the input
and output waveforms.
26. Construct a circuit to verify the truth tables of NOT and AND gates.
27. Construct a circuit to verify the truth tables of OR, NOR gates.
28. Construct a circuit to verify the truth tables of NAND and AND gates.
29. Conduct an experiment to verify the truth tables of given logic gates.
30. Identify and draw the layout diagram for a simple PANEL BOARD consisting of bus-
bars, CB/MCB/ELCB, meters, HRC fuses, magnetic contactors, cables, earthing
points.
Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE02P Page 10
Lab Equipment Requirement:
Students Intake : 60
Students per Batch : 20
Sl. No. Name of Equipment and Specification Quantity
Required
1 Dual Channel 30 V, 2 A continuously variable DC Regulated
Power Supply with Current and Overload Protection
05 Nos.
2 +/- 15 V, 2 A, fixed DC Regulated Power Supply 05 Nos.
3 Portable Moving Coil DC Voltmeters
a) 0 - 1 V
b) 0 - 10 V
c) 0 - 30 V
Each 05 Nos.
4 Portable Moving Iron AC Voltmeters
a) 0 - 300 V
b) 0 - 600 V
Each 05 Nos.
5 Portable Moving Coil DC Ammeters
a) 0 - 100 mA
b) 0 - 1 A
c) 0 - 2 A
Each 05 Nos.
6 Portable Moving Iron AC Ammeters
a) 0 - 2 A
b) 0 - 5 A
c) 0 - 10 A
Each 05 Nos.
7 Watt-meters
a) 150/ 300V, 2 A, UPF
b) 300/ 600 V, 5/ 10 A, LPF
Each 02 Nos.
8 Rheostats – 25 Ohms, 50 Ohms, 150 Ohms, 220 Ohms (all
rated at 3 A)
Each 05 Nos.
9 Rheostat Loads s – 1 KW, 230 V 02 Nos.
10 Wire wound Resistors- 5 Ohms 2 Watts, 25 Ohms 5 Watts,
330 Ohms 2 Watts, 560 Ohms 2 Watts, etc.
Each 05 Nos.
11 Soldering Iron 60 W 05 Nos.
12 Fluorescent lamp sets 10 Nos.
13 Single Phase Energy meter 10 A, 230 V, 50 Hz, Digital type 05 Nos.
14 Multi-meter Digital ¾” 06 Nos.
15 Duel Trace Oscilloscope – 30 MHz 02 Nos.
16 Three Phase Induction Motors :1 HP – 440 V 50 Hz,2 HP –
440 V 50 Hz.
Each 02 Nos.
17 Three phase DOL, Star-Delta, Auto transformer starter Each 02 Nos.
18 UPS 1 KVA 01 Nos.
19 Battery Lead-Acid type, 140 A-hr and Hydrometers 02 Nos.
Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE02P Page 11
Sl. No. Name of Equipment and Specification Quantity
Required
20 I C Trainer kit 05 Nos
21 Digital IC’s 7400, 7402, 7404, 7408, 7486 etc Each 10 Nos.
22 Wooden Wiring board (2x3) ft 10
23 Wiring accessories
a) PVC conduit - ¾” - 10 lengths
b) Cap and casing - ¾” - 10 lengths
c) Switches Single Pole- 5A, 230 V
d) Switches two way – 5 A, 230 V
e) 3 Pin Sockets 5A, 230 V
f) Bulb Holders – 5 A, 230 V
g) 3 Pin Plug 5A, 230 V
h) 60 Watts Lamps
i) 100 Watts Lamps
j) 15 W CFL lamps
k) Copper Wires of sizes
1 mm21.5 mm
2, 2.5 mm
2, 4 mm
2 – 1 coil each
l) Gang boxes (1+1, 2+1, 2+2)
m) Kit –Kat fuses 5A, 15 A
n) MCB 16 A & 32 A/ 230 V, Single and Double Pole
o) ELCB 16 A & 32 A/ 230 V, Double Pole
p) Neutral link- 16 A, 230 V
q) Screws of assorted sizes
r) Testers
Each 10 Nos.
24 Electronic Components
a) Diodes - BY 127 and IN 4001
b) Zener Diodes – 6.2 V, 5.6 V, 7.8 V
c) Relays – solid state Sugar cube type, SPST,
Coil 6V, Power circuit 230 V, 5 A.
d) Spring Boards
e) Bread Boards
f) Tag Boards.
Each 10 Nos.
25 Simple PANEL BOARD/ CUBICAL consisting of bus-bars,
CB/MCB/ELCB, meters, HRC fuses, magnetic contactors,
cables, earthing points.
1 No
vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ÀPÁðgÀ Page 1
3£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï PÀ£ÀßqÀ-1 (PÀ£ÀßqÉÃvÀgÀjUÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ)
3rd Semester
Course: Kannada Kali-1
Course Code:15KA3NT (2016-17)
No. of Credits:02 No. of teaching hours/week:02 No. of teaching hours/Semester:26
Mode of Assessment and Evaluation: Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE)only. I.A Tests:30 Marks (3 Tests) Student activities: 20 Marks
Maximum Marks: 50 (CIE only) Minimum Passing marks:20 (IA Tests + Student activities)
GzÉÝñÀ:
1. PÉüÀĪÀÅzÀÄ, UÀ滸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ, ¤gÀUÀð¼ÀªÁV ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÀàµÀÖªÁV NzÀĪÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀ (C©üªÀåQÛ ÀĪÀ) ¸ÁªÀÄxÀåðªÀ£ÀÄß ¨É¼É¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
2. eÁÕ£Ádð£É, ¸Á»vÁå©ügÀÄa, aAvÀ£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ D£ÀAzÀPÁÌV ¸ÀévÀAvÀæªÁV NzÀ®Ä, §gÉAiÀÄ®Ä ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀ®Ä ¸ÀªÀÄxÀðgÁUÀĪÀAvÉ ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
3. ¥ÀzÀ ¸ÀA¥ÀvÀÛ£ÀÄß ºÉaѹPÉÆAqÀÄ ¸ÀàµÀÖ GZÁÑgÀuÉAiÉÆqÀ£É °TvÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiËTPÀ ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ªÀiÁr¹, ¸ÀévÀAvÀæªÁV sÁµÉAiÀÄ §¼ÀPÉ ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
4. £ÁqÀÄ-£ÀÄr, ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸Á»vÀåUÀ¼À ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ DwäAiÀÄ sÁªÁ©üªÀiÁ£ÀªÀ£ÀÄß ¨É¼É¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ. 5. QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ½AzÀ sÁµÁ P˱À®åzÀ ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀ ªÀiÁr¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ./PÀ°¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
(QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ ZÀlĪÀnPÉ JAzÀgÉ, ªÀtðªÀiÁ¯É ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ, ªÁåPÀgÀtzÀ ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ, UÀÄtÂvÁPÀëgÀ, ¸ÀAAiÀÄÄPÁÛPÀëgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, £ÁªÀÄ¥ÀzÀ, °AUÀ, ªÀZÀ£À, ¥ÀævÀåAiÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ, ªÁPÀågÀZÀ£É (PÀvÀÈ, PÀªÀÄð, QæAiÀiÁ¥ÀzÀ) EvÁå¢)
¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¨sÁµÁ P˱À®å (PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°-¥ÀoÀå¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ -²æà °AUÀzÉêÀgÀÄ ºÀ¼ÉêÀÄ£É – PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦ ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À)
sÁUÀ-1 ¥ÁoÀUÀ¼À PÀæªÀiÁAPÀ Lesson
No
¥ÀoÀåªÀ¸ÀÄÛ«£À «ªÀgÀ - Curriculum Content
¸ÉªÉĸÀÖgï ¨ÉÆÃzsÀ£À DªÀ¢ü Total no.of Classes /Sem
PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ/ªÀtðªÀiÁ¯É/’PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°’AiÀÄĪÀ «zsÁ£À PÀÄjvÀ ªÀiÁ»w 02 1 Introducing each other Personal Pronouns,
Possessive forms and Interrogative words 1. £ÁªÀÅ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ sÁµÉ 2. CPÀëgÀUÀ½AzÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼ÀÄ
03
2 Introducing each other Personal Pronouns, Possessive forms – Yes/No Type Interrogative
02
3 About Ramayana. Possessive forms of nouns, dubitive question, Relative nouns. ¥ÀzÀUÀ½AzÀ ªÁPÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ
02
4 Enquiring about college. Qualitative and quantitative adjectives.
02
5 Enquiring about room. Predicative forms, 02
vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ÀPÁðgÀ Page 2
locative case. 6 Vegetable Market. Dative case, basic numerals. 02 7 About Medical college. Ordinal numerals, plural
markers. 02
8 In a cloth shop. Color adjectives, defective verbs
02
9 Plan to go for picnic - imperative, permissive and hortative
02
10 Enquiring about one’s family, Verb iru, and corresponding negation PÀ£ÀßqÀ avÀæ¥ÀlUÀ¼À°è£À CPÀëgÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß UÀÄgÀÄw¹ N¢ ¢£À¥ÀwæPÉ NzÀĪÀ ºÀªÁå¸À--¸ÀAªÀºÀ£À ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄzÀ §UÉÎ ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ
02
DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÀ¼ÀÄ 03 MlÄÖ UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 26
¸ÀÆZÀ£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ:
F ¥ÀoÀåzÀ ªÀÄÆ® GzÉÝñÀ PÀ£ÀßqÉÃvÀgÀ «zÁåyðUÀ¼ÀÄ ¸ÀgÀ¼À PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ°è ªÀåªÀºÀj¸ÀĪÀAvÉ ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÁVzÉ. “PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°” ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀzÀ ªÉÄð£À ¥ÁoÀUÀ¼À eÉÆvÉUÉ “QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ ZÀlĪÀnPÉ”¬ÄAzÀ UÀ½¸ÀĪÀ CPÀëgÀ eÁÕ£À¢AzÀ ¥ÀzÀ ¸ÀA¥ÀvÀÄÛ ºÉaѹ, ¥ÀzÀUÀ½AzÀ ¸ÀéAvÀ ªÁPÀåUÀ¼À gÀZÀ£É ªÀiÁr¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ. (CªÀÄä, ªÉƨÉʯï, PÀ£ÀßqÀ sÁµÉ, PÀ«UÀ¼ÀÄ, £ÁlPÀ, d£À¥ÀzÀ PÀ¯É, £Ár£À ¥Àæ¹zÀÞ ªÀåQÛUÀ¼ÀÄ, ¸ÀºÉÆÃzÀgÀ, ¸ÉßûvÀ, vÀgÀPÁj, zÉÆøÉ, wAr, ¤zÉÝ, ©¹, ZÀ½, DPÁ±À, NzÀÄ, EvÁå¢ ¤vÀå §¼ÀPÉAiÀÄ ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¥ÀzÀUÀ½AzÀ ªÁPÀågÀZÀ£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 25-50 ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À QgÀÄ ¯ÉÃR£À gÀZÀ£É).
vÀgÀUÀw ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼À ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀzÀ°è (PÁè ï C¸ÉÊ£ïªÉÄAmï) PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀtðªÀiÁ¯ÉAiÀÄ ¸ÀégÀ, ªÀåAd£ÀUÀ¼À CPÀëgÀUÀ¼À §gÀªÀtÂUÉ C¨sÁå¸À, ªÀåAd£ÀUÀ½UÉ ¸ÀégÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¸ÉÃj¸ÀÄ«PÉ, CPÀëgÀUÀ½AzÀ ¥ÀzÀgÀZÀ£É, ¥ÀzÀUÀ½UÉ ¥ÀævÀåAiÀÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¸ÉÃj¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ(UÉ, ¬ÄAzÀ, C£ÀÄß, C°è, UÀ¼ÀÄ, JAzÀÄ.....EvÁå¢ ¥ÀoÀåzÀ°è §gÀĪÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ½UÉ ¤vÀå §¼ÀPÉAiÀÄ ¥ÀævÀåAiÀÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¸ÉÃj¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ) ¥ÀzÀUÀ½AzÀ ªÁPÀå gÀZÀ£É. ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÀÄ. ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÁoÀ 1-10gÀ ¥ÀoÁåAvÀåzÀ°è §gÀĪÀ C sÁå¸ÀUÀ¼À°è Dj¹zÀ C sÁå¸À ¨sÁUÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß §gɸÀĪÀÅzÀÄ. ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÁoÀ-20 gÀ ¹Ìç¥ïÖ- C£ÀÄß DzsÁgÀªÁVlÄÖPÉÆAqÀÄ C sÁå¸À ªÀiÁr¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
DPÀgÀ UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: 1. PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°-²æà °AUÀzÉêÀgÀÄ ºÀ¼ÉêÀÄ£É – PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦. 2. ¥ÁæxÀ«ÄPÀ ±Á¯ÉAiÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀå¥ÀĸÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 3. ¸ÀgÀ¼À PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÁåPÀgÀt ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ- JA.« £ÁUÀgÁdgÁªï/EvÀgÉ ¯ÉÃRPÀgÀÄ. 4. ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀ ¥Àætw-¥ÀæxÀªÀÄ ¦AiÀÄĹ ¥ÀÆgÀPÀ ¥ÀoÀå. 5. ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¥ÀvÀæªÀåªÀºÁgÀzÀ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ
¥ÀjÃPÉë ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À «zsÁ£À (3£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï) ¤gÀAvÀgÀ CAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À- Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) only.
PÀæ.¸ÀA. ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ «ªÀgÀ UÀjµÁ×APÀ GwÛÃtðvÉUÉ PÀ¤µÁ×APÀ
01 DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À (I A Tests)
ªÀÄÆgÀÄ DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÀ¼ÀÄ (¸ÀgÁ¸Àj CAPÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀjUÀt¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ)
30
02 PÀ£ÀßqÀ sÁµÁ P˱À¯Áå©üªÀÈ¢Ý ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ (Student Activities)
ªÀÄÆgÀÄ ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ (¸ÀgÁ¸Àj CAPÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀjUÀt¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ)
20
MlÄÖ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 50 20
vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ÀPÁðgÀ Page 3
Course outcome: 1. Developing listening and speaking skills. 2. Easy Interaction with peers. 3. Students can use the language at ease in daily life situations
DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÀ¼À ªÀiÁzÀj ¥Àæ±ÉߥÀwæPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ: ¤gÀAvÀgÀ DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÀ½UÉ F PɼÀV£À ªÀiÁzÀjAiÀÄ°è ¥Àæ±ÉߥÀwæPÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¹zÀÞ¥Àr¹ £ÀqɸÀĪÀÅzÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ “PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°” ¥ÀoÀåzÀ PÀ°PÉ «ªÀgÀuÉ ( sÁµÁ sÁå¸À) ¸ÀA sÁµÀuÁ sÁUÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CAvÀåzÀ°è C sÁå¸À ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀzÀ°è §gÀĪÀ ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ¼À «zsÁ£ÀªÀ£ÀÄß ¥ÀAiÀiÁðAiÀĪÁV §¼À¹PÉÆAqÀÄ ¥Àæ±ÉߥÀwæPÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß vÀAiÀiÁj¹PÉƼÀÀÄzÀÄ.
r¥ÉÆèêÀiÁ 3£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï-PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°-1 (PÀ£ÀßqÉÃvÀgÀjUÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ)
DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ¥ÀjÃPÉë ¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄ: 60 ¤«ÄµÀUÀ¼ÀÄ CAPÀ: 30 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
I. Fill in the blanks using the appropriate words.(Any FOUR) 1X4=04 i) nimma raajya.......................? ii) adu..............pustaka? iii) avana ............. hesaru suratkal injiniyaring kaaleju. iv) ondu ruupaayige..............paise. v) aval.ige hindustaani sanita tumba.................. vi) nanage ninna sahavaasa khanDitaa................. vii) avanu nimma ................. ....?
II. Use the following words (any FOUR) in your own sentences. 1X4=04 1.adhyaapaki 2.snehita 3. Vyaapaara 4.keTTa 5. Hasiru 6.angadi 7.taaja
III. Answer the following questions (any FOUR) 1X4=04 (a) nimma uuru yaavudu? (b) nivu diploma vidyaarthinaa? (c) nimma pennige estu ruupaaye? (d) nimma maatrubhaashe yaavudu? (e) nimage tingalige eshtu ruupaayi beeku? (f) nimma mane/ruumu elli ide?
IV. Translate the following sentence in Kannada. (any FOUR) 4X2=08
1. Kannada is the language of Karnataka. 2. My book is in my house. 3. We have two houses in Bangalore. 4. How much is this Pumpkin weighs? 5. I want two packets of biscuits. 6. How much do you pay rent for your room? 7. What else do you want?
vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ÀPÁðgÀ Page 4
V. PɼÀV£ÀªÀÅUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ºÉÆA¢¹ §gɬÄj. (Match the following) 1X4=04
1. ¤ÃªÀÅ AiÀiÁªÁUÀ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è 1.EzÉ 2. ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ ªÉÄÃf£À ªÉÄÃ¯É 2.eldest son 3. Jaaga-eÁUÀ 3.EwÃðj 4. Hiri maga 4.space
VI. (1) Change into interragative using the underlined word. (Any Three) 1X3=03
1. Ivattu guruvaara. 2. evattu hattanee taariku 3. Aval hesaru liila. 4. Avara maatrabhaashe telagu alla. 5. Vavige ippttaydu ruupaayei beeku. 6. Adu maalatiya mane.
(2) change into Interrogate. (Any THREE) 1X3=03 1.ºËzÀÄ, EzÀÄ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ. 2. DUÀ°, ºÉÆÃUÉÆÃt. 3. FUÀ MAzÀƪÀgÉ UÀAmÉ. 4. CªÀgÀÄ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §gÀÄvÁÛgÉ. 5. £Á« ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ºÉÆÃUÉÆÃt. 6. CªÀgÀÄ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ°.
PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ gÀZÀ£Á ¸À«Äw
¸ÀA¥ÁzÀQÃAiÀÄ ¸À«Äw:
1. ²æà n J¯ï gÀ«ÃAzÀæ, G¥À£Áå¸ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¸ÀPÁðj f.Dgï.L.¹.¦ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. 2. ²æà n. wªÀÄä¥Àà, G¥À£Áå¸ÀPÀgÀÄ(DAiÉÄÌ ±ÉæÃtÂ), AiÀiÁAwæPÀ « sÁUÀ, ¸ÀPÁðj ¥Á°mÉQßPï, vÀĪÀÄPÀÆgÀÄ.
¸À®ºÁ ¸À«ÄwAiÀÄ ¨ÁºÀå ¸ÀA¥À£ÀÆä® ªÀåQÛUÀ¼ÀÄ.
1. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) r. ¥ÁAqÀÄgÀAUÀ ¨Á§Ä, PÀÄ®¸ÀaªÀgÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦. 2. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) C±ÉÆÃPï PÀĪÀiÁgï gÀAdgÉ, ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¥Àæ ÁgÁAUÀ «¨sÁUÀ,
PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦. 3. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) PÉ ªÉÊ £ÁgÁAiÀÄt ¸Áé«Ä, ÀºÀ ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¸ÁßvÀPÉÆÃvÀÛgÀ « sÁUÀ,
¸ÀPÁðj PÀ Á PÁ ÉÃdÄ, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. 4. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) eÉ ¨Á®PÀȵÀÚ, ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ ºÁUÀÄ ªÀÄÄRå¸ÀÜgÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ sÁµÁ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À « sÁUÀ,
PÀȶ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, (fPÉ«PÉ) ºÉ Áâ¼À, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.
vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ r¥ÉÆèªÀiÁ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ Page 1
KARNATAKA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION, BENGALURU. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME FOR KANNADA COURSE IN DIPLOMA PROGRAME
SEMESTER: III COMMON TO ALL DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES C-15 Curriculum SL.N0
COURSE NAME
Teac
hing
De
part
men
t
COURSE /QP CODE
Teaching scheme Examination scheme Contact hours
TH TU PR TOTAL Credit Exam paper duration in Hrs
End exam Maximum CIE Marks (IA+SA )
Minimum Marks for passing. (IA + SA)
Max marks
Min marks
THEORY 1 KANNADA KALI-1
KA 15KA3NT 2 - - 2 2 - - - 50 20
2 TANTRIKA KANNADA -1
KA 15KA3KT 2 - - 2 2 - - - 50 20
CIE- Continuous Internal Examination: SEE-Semester End Examination: IA-Internal Assessment Tests: SA- Student Activity.
Note: 1. Candidates studied Kannada as one subject in 10th standard shall take Tantrika Kannada 1 &2. Others may take “Kannada Kali-1&2”. 2. In 3rd Semester- Assessment is only by CIE and no SEE. Average marks of three I A tests shall be rounded off to the next higher digit. Rubrics to be devised appropriately to assess student activity.
KARNATAKA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION, BENGALURU. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME FOR KANNADA COURSE IN DIPLOMA PROGRAME
SEMESTER: IV COMMON TO ALL DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES C-15 Curriculum SL.N0
COURSE NAME
Teac
hing
De
part
men
t
COURSE /QP CODE
Teaching scheme Examination scheme Contact hours
TH TU PR TOTAL Credit Exam paper duration in Hrs
Sem End Exam Maximum CIE Marks (IA+SA )
Minimum Marks for passing. (IA + SA)
Max Exam Marks
Min Passing Marks
THEORY 1 KANNADA KALI-2
KA 15KA4NT 2 - - 2 2 2 50 20 - -
2 TANTRIKA KANNADA -2
KA 15KA4KT 2 - - 2 2 2 50 20 - -
CIE- Continuous Internal Examination: SEE-Semester End Examination: IA-Internal Assessment Tests: SA- Student Activity.
Note: In 4th Semester- Assessment is only by SEE and no CIE. To award diploma certificate, passing in Kannada course is mandatory. However Kannada course is not included in the eligibility criteria for promotion to the higher semester.
vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ÀPÁðgÀ Page 1
r¥ÉÆèêÀiÁ-vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ-1 ( PÀ£ÀßqÀ §®èªÀjUÁV) 3£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï - vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ -1 ( ¸Á»vÀå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¨sÁµÁ P˱À®å ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀ)
¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ 3rd Semester
Course: vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ -1
Course Code:15KA3KT (2016-17)
No. of Credits:02 No. of teaching hours/week:02 No. of teaching hours/Semester:26
Mode of Assessment and Evaluation: Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE)only. I.A Tests:30 Marks (3 Tests) Student activities: 20 Marks
Maximum Marks: 50 (CIE only) Minimum Passing marks:20 (IA Tests + Student activities)
¥ÀoÀå ¥ÀæPÁgÀ ¥ÁoÀ ¥ÀoÀåzÀ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ/¯ÉÃRPÀgÀÄ/¥ÀæPÀluÉ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï ¨ÉÆÃzsÀ£ÁªÀ¢ü UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ
EwºÁ¸À 1 ‘¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw’- zÉÃ.eÉ.UË (£Álå ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw-zÉÃ.eÉ.UË) 02 ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw 2 £ÀªÀÄUÉ ¨ÉÃPÁVgÀĪÀ EAVèµï- PÀĪÉA¥ÀÄ 02 ¥Àj¸ÀgÀ 3 D£É ºÀ¼ÀîzÀ°è ºÀÄqÀÄVAiÀÄgÀÄ - © f J¯ï ¸Áé«Ä 02 QæÃqÉ/fêÀ£ÀPÀ É 4 ¸ÉÆïÉA§ÄzÀÄ C®à«gÁªÀÄ - £ÉëÄZÀAzÀæ 02 AiÀıÉÆÃUÁxÉ/ªÀåQÛavÀæt 5 §zÀÄPÀ£ÀÄß ¦æÃw¹zÉ ¸ÀAvÀ - JZï.Dgï.gÁªÀÄPÀȵÀÚ (PÀ¯ÁAgÀ
ªÀåQÛ avÀæ) 02
vÀAvÀæeÁÕ£À 6 ªÀÄAUÀ¼À£À CAUÀ¼ÀzÀ°è – eÉ.¨Á®PÀȵÀÚ 02
sÁµÁ P˱À®å ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ
7 *ªÀiËTPÀ C©üªÀåQÛ: ¸ÀºÀd sÁµÁ §¼ÀPÉ: .D±ÀÄ ¨sÁµÀt> ««zsÀ gÀZÀ£ÁvÀäPÀ/zÉÊ£ÀA¢£À §¼ÀPÉ ªÀ¸ÀÄÛ, ªÀåQÛ, sÁªÀ£ÉUÀ¼À ªÉÄïÉ. MAzÀÄ ¸ÀtÚ KPÁAPÀ (5-10 ¤«ÄµÀ) £ÁlPÀ. ªÀiÁzÀj ¸ÀAzÀ±Àð£À (£ÉêÀÄPÁwUÁV ¸ÀAzÀ±Àð£À)
06
°TvÀ ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 8 «¸ÀÛgÀuÉ: £ÀÄrUÀlÄÖUÀ¼ÀÄ-¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß §¼À¹PÉÆAqÀÄ ¸ÀtÚ ªÁPÀåUÀ¼À gÀZÀ£É ¥ÀAiÀiÁðAiÀÄ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß §gÉAiÀÄĪÀÅzÀÄ(GzÁ: §¼À¸ÀÄ=G¥ÀAiÉÆÃV¸ÀÄ, PÁAiÀÄÄ= ¤jÃQë ÀÄ, aAw¸ÀÄ=AiÉÆÃa¸ÀÄ, PÀÆr¸ÀÄ«PÉ=¸ÉÃj¸ÀÄ«PÉ.......EvÁå¢)
06
DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÀ¼ÀÄ 02 MlÄÖ UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 26
vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ÀPÁðgÀ Page 2
vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ-1 3£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï r¥ÉÆèêÀiÁzÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀå ( PÀ£ÀßqÀ §®èªÀjUÁV)
1. ¥ÀoÀågÀZÀ£Á ¸À«Äw 2. ¤zÉÃð±ÀPÀgÀ ªÀÄÄ£ÀÄßr 3. ¥ÀoÀå gÀZÀ£Á ¸À«Äw ªÀiÁvÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ 4. ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ
¥Àj«r
UÀzÀå «ºÁgÀ
1. £Álå ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw (EwºÁ¸À) - zÉ.eÉ.UË 2. £ÀªÀÄUÉ ¨ÉÃPÁVgÀĪÀ EAVèµï (¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw) _ PÀĪÉA¥ÀÄ 3. ¸ÉÆïÉA§ÄzÀÄ C®à«gÁªÀÄ (QæÃqÉ/fêÀ£ÀPÀ¯É) - £ÉëÄZÀAzÀæ 4. D£É ºÀ¼ÀîzÀ°è ºÀÄqÀÄVAiÀÄgÀÄ (¥Àj¸ÀgÀ) _ ©.f.J¯ï.¸Áé«Ä 5. §zÀÄPÀ£ÀÄß ¦æÃw¹zÀ ¸ÀAvÀ (AiÀıÉÆÃUÁxÉ/ªÀåQÛavÀæt) – JZï.Dgï.gÁªÀÄPÀȵÀÚ 6. ªÀÄAUÀ¼À£À CAUÀ¼ÀzÀ°è..... - qÁ:eÉ.¨Á®PÀȵÀÚ
¨sÁµÁ P˱À®å-ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ
7. ªÀiËTPÀ C©üªÀåQÛ ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 8. °TvÀ C©üªÀåQÛ ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ
Course outcome: 1. Developing listening and speaking skills. 2. Easy Interaction with peers. 3. Students can use the language at ease in daily life situations
¥ÀjÃPÉë ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À «zsÁ£À (3£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï) ¤gÀAvÀgÀ CAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À- Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) only.
PÀæ.¸ÀA. ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ «ªÀgÀ UÀjµÁ×APÀ GwÛÃtðvÉUÉ PÀ¤µÁ×APÀ
01 DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À (I A Tests)
ªÀÄÆgÀÄ DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÀ¼ÀÄ (¸ÀgÁ¸Àj CAPÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀjUÀt¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ)
30
02 PÀ£ÀßqÀ sÁµÁ P˱À¯Áå©üªÀÈ¢Ý ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ (Student Activities)
ªÀÄÆgÀÄ ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ (vÁAwæPÀ ¥Àæ§AzsÀ/C±ÀÄ sÁµÀt/ZÀZÉð/vÁAwæPÀ PÉëÃvÀæUÀ¼À°è£À C«µÁÌgÀUÀ¼À §UÉÎ «±ÉèõÀuÉ EvÁå¢.) (¸ÀgÁ¸Àj CAPÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀjUÀt¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ)
20
MlÄÖ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 50 20
vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ÀPÁðgÀ Page 3
¸ÀÆZÀ£É: sÁµÁ ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ½UÁV vÀgÀUÀw ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼À ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀzÀ°è (vÀgÀUÀwAiÀÄ ¥ÀæUÀw¥ÀgÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À). UÁzÉUÀ¼À
«¸ÀÛgÀuÉ, £ÀÄrUÀlÄÖUÀ¼ÀÄ, ¸ÀA sÁµÀuÉ ªÀiÁzÀjUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀoÀåzÀ ¸Á»vÀå ¨sÁUÀzÀ ¥ÁoÀUÀ¼À ªÉÄÃ¯É ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ GvÀÛgÀ-n¥Ààt ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ±À¨ÁÝxÀðzÀ°è §gÀĪÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ½AzÀ ªÁPÀå gÀZÀ£É ªÀiÁr¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
ªÀiÁzÀj ¥Àæ±ÉߥÀwæPÉ
3£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï- vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ-1 (PÀ£ÀßqÀ§®è «zÁåyðUÀ½UÉ) ¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄ: 1.00 UÀAmÉ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ:30 ¸ÀÆZÀ£É: PɼÀV£À ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ ¸ÀÆZÀ£ÉUÀ¼À ¥ÀæPÁgÀ ªÁåPÀgÀtzÉÆõÀ«®èzÀAvÉ GvÀÛj¹. ****
1. F PɼÀV£À 04 ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ MAzÀÄ ¥ÀÆtð ªÁPÀåzÀ°è GvÀÛj¹. 1*4=04 (C) £Álå AiÀiÁªÁUÀ ºÀÄnÖPÉÆArvÀÄ? (D) D£É ºÀ¼ÀîzÀ PÁr£À°è £Á¥ÀvÉÛAiÀiÁzÀ ºÀÄqÀÄVAiÀÄgÀ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß w½¹. (E) gÁµÀÖç¥ÀwAiÀiÁV DAiÉÄÌAiÀiÁzÁUÀ PÀ ÁA CªÀgÀÄ ªÉÆzÀ®Ä ºÉýzÀ ªÀiÁvÀÄUÀ¼ÉãÀÄ? (F) ªÀÄAUÀ¼À£À CAUÀ¼À vÀ®Ä¦zÀ ªÉÆzÀ® CAvÀjPÀë £ËPÉ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ? (G) ‘ºÀUÀ®ÄUÀ£À¸ÀÄ’ £ÀÄrUÀlÖ£ÀÄß §¼À¹ ¸ÀéAvÀ ªÁPÀåªÀ£ÀÄß gÀa¹. (H) ‘¹»PÀ»’ eÉÆÃqÀÄ¥ÀzÀªÀ£ÀÄß MAzÀÄ ªÁPÀåzÀ°è §¼À¹. 2. PɼÀV£À AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉà £Á®Ä ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ PÀ¤µÀÖ LzÁgÀÄ ªÁPÀåUÀ¼À°è GvÀÛj¹. 4*4=16 (1) PÀĪÉA¥ÀÄ CªÀgÀÄ EAVèµï PÀ°AiÀÄĪÀªÀgÀ£ÀÄß JµÀÄÖ «¨sÁUÀªÁV ºÉÃUÉ «AUÀr¹zÁÝgÉ? (2) PÀ¯ÁA CªÀgÀ AiÀıÀ¹ì£À ªÀÄAvÀæUÀ¼ÉãÀÄ? (3) UÁzÉUÀ¼À ªÀĺÀvÀéªÉãÀÄ? ¤ªÀÄUÉ UÉÆwÛgÀĪÀ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉà JgÀqÀÄ UÁzÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ºÉ¸Àj¹. (4) ¸ÀAªÀºÀ£À ¸ÀAzÀ sÀðzÀ°è §¼À¸ÀĪÀ sÁµÉ ºÉÃVgÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ? (5) £ÉëÄZÀAzÀægÀ ‘¸Á«£ÀvÀÛ MAzÀÄ ºÉeÉÓ……’ PÀvÉ N¢zÀ ºÀÄqÀÄV vÀ£Àß ¸ÉÆð¤AzÀ ºÉÆgÀUÉ §AzÀzÀÄÝ ºÉÃUÉ? (6) ¸ÀAzÀ±Àð£À JAzÀgÉãÀÄ? «ªÀj¹. 3. AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉ JgÀqÀÄ ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ GvÀÛj¹. 2*5=10 (1) £ÁlåPÀ¯ÉAiÀÄ°è AiÀÄPÀëUÁ£À PÀ É ¥ÀæªÀÄÄRªÁzÀÄzÀÄ. EzÀgÀ ºÀÄlÄÖ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÁå¦Û §UÉÎ w½¹. (2) ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀAiÀiÁ£ÀzÀ ªÀÄÄRå GzÉÝñÀUÀ¼ÉãÀÄ? (3) ‘ªÀiÁ£À«ÃAiÀÄ ªÀiË®åUÀ¼ÀÄ’, CAvÀgÀeÁ® - JgÀqÀgÀ°è MAzÀPÉÌ ¸ÀĪÀiÁgÀÄ MAzÀÄ ¥ÀÄlzÀµÀÄÖ ¥Àæ§AzsÀ §gɬÄj. (4) GzÉÆåÃUÀzÀ ¸ÀAzÀ±Àð£ÀPÉÌ ºÉÆÃUÀĪÁUÀ ªÀiÁrPÉƼÀî¨ÉÃPÁzÀ ¥ÀƪÀð¹zÀÞvÉUÀ¼ÉãÀÄ?.
PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ gÀZÀ£Á ºÁUÀÄ ¥ÀoÀå¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ ¸À«Äw
¸ÀA¥ÁzÀQÃAiÀÄ ¸À«Äw:
1. ²æà n J¯ï gÀ«ÃAzÀæ, G¥À£Áå¸ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¸ÀPÁðj f.Dgï.L.¹.¦ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. 2. ²æà n. wªÀÄä¥Àà, G¥À£Áå¸ÀPÀgÀÄ(DAiÉÄÌ ±ÉæÃtÂ), AiÀiÁAwæPÀ « sÁUÀ, ¸ÀPÁðj ¥Á°mÉQßPï, vÀĪÀÄPÀÆgÀÄ.
vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ÀPÁðgÀ Page 4
¸À®ºÁ ¸À«ÄwAiÀÄ ¨ÁºÀå ¸ÀA¥À£ÀÆä® ªÀåQÛUÀ¼ÀÄ.
1. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) r. ¥ÁAqÀÄgÀAUÀ ¨Á§Ä, PÀÄ®¸ÀaªÀgÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦. 2. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) C±ÉÆÃPï PÀĪÀiÁgï gÀAdgÉ, ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¥Àæ ÁgÁAUÀ «¨sÁUÀ,
PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦. 3. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) PÉ ªÉÊ £ÁgÁAiÀÄt ¸Áé«Ä, ÀºÀ ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¸ÁßvÀPÉÆÃvÀÛgÀ « sÁUÀ,
¸ÀPÁðj PÀ Á PÁ ÉÃdÄ, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. 4. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) eÉ ¨Á®PÀȵÀÚ, ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ ºÁUÀÄ ªÀÄÄRå¸ÀÜgÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ sÁµÁ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À « sÁUÀ,
PÀȶ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, (fPÉ«PÉ) ºÉ Áâ¼À, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN41T page 1
Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru
PREREQUISITES:
Basic knowledge in Mining Geology,Underground mining, Chemistry and Engineering
Drawing.
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
The objective of this course is to provide students in mining engineering with the necessary
knowledge to design safe,scientific, efficient and environmentally responsible Underground
Coal Mining operations.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
COURSE OUTCOME CL Linked
PO
Teaching
Hrs.
CO1 Choose the methods of access to coal
depositsunderground. R,U,A 1,2,10 14
CO2 Select and design most suitable method of
coal extraction techniques R,U,A 1,2,3,4,10 12
CO3 Adopt the different stowing methods U,A 1,2,4,8,10 08
CO4 Plan the Longwall advancing method of
working a coal seam U,A 2,5,10 08
CO5 Plan the Longwall retreating method of
working a coal seam A 2,4,6,10 05
CO6 Appreciate the special method of working
a coal seam A 2,6,10 05
Total Sessions: 52
Course Title:
UNDERGROUND COAL MINING Course Code :15MN41T
Semester: IV Course Group :Core
Teaching Scheme in Hrs (L:T:P): 4:0:0 Credits :4 Credits
Type of course:
Lecture & Student activity
Total Contact Hours : 52
CIE: 25 Marks SEE :100 Marks
Programme: DIPLOMA IN MINING ENGINEERING
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN41T page 2
Course-PO Attainment Matrix
Course Programme Outcomes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Underground
Coal Mining
3 3 1 3 - 1 - 1 - 3
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO. If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2 If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1 If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.
Course Content and blue print of Marks for SEE
Unit
No Unit Name Hour
Questions to be set
for SEE (Marks) Marks
Weightage
Weightage
% R U A
1 Bord and Pillar method –
Development
14 5 10 20 35 24.10
2 Bord and Pillar method–
Depillaring
12 5 10 10 25 17.25
3 Stowing practice 08 - 5 10 15 10.35
4 Long Wall Advancing
Method
08 - 15 15 30 20.70
5 Long Wall Retreating Method 05 - - 25 25 17.25
6 Special methods of working a
Coal
05 - - 15 15 10.35
Total 52 10 40 95 145 100
Legend: R: Remember, U: Understand A: Application
COURSE CONTENTS:
CO-1: BORD AND PILLAR METHOD-DEVELOPMENT
Classification of the coal seams based on its thickness, inclination, gassinessand
depth.Factors which influence the choice of Coal mining methods
Bord & pillar system – Applicabilities,Merits,Demerits. Different terms,size of pillars,
Applicability of panel system , factorsinfluencing the size of panel system , general
considerations , factors influencing the number ofopenings of panel ,merits and demerits of
panel system . Drivages of galleries: manual and mechanical, Different methods of
development systems along dip, along strike, crosscuts,steeply dipping seams.
CO-2: BORD AND PILLAR METHOD-DEPILLARING
Important terms, preparatory arrangements, sequence of operations, methods of depillaring
for different roof conditions,local fall& main fall .Premature collapse and normal collapse,
indications of (Roof weight) roof collapse,Air blast-precautions.Precautions against fire
during and after depillaring-precautions against inundation during depillaring.
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN41T page 3
CO-3: STOWING PRACTICE
Hydraulic ,Pneumatic& Mechanical stowing, Qualities of good stowing
materials.Generalarrangement of a sand stowing plant – layout of panel with stowing –layout
of long wall mining with stowing– dangers and precautions while workingbelow goaved
areas.
CO-4: LONG WALL ADVANCING METHOD
Long walladvancing-merits,demerits,limitations, development of gate roads, machinery
employed on a mechanized Long wall face,continuous mining method- different factors
governing the length of Long wall face, lay outs of mechanized long wall face advancing with
caving, layout of mechanized long wall face advancing with stowing.Long wall face supports.
CO-5: LONGWALL RETREATING METHOD
Long wallretreating-merits, demerits, limitations- layout of mechanized long wall retreating
withstowing- layout of mechanized long wall retreating with caving- layout of long wall
equipped with shearer- single unit and double unit layouts- cutting methods of the Shearer
inlong wall mining. Barry face. Cyclic and non-cyclic longwall workings.
CO-6: SPECIAL METHOD OF WORKING A COAL
Thick seam working and associated difficulties,inclinedslicing with caving/stowing -
Horizontal slicing with caving / stowing - blasting gallery method,sublevel caving with
mechanizedlong wall - Horizon mining - merits andlimitation.Hydraulic mining-merits and
demerits, applicable conditions. Underground gassification of coal-merits, demerits and
applicable conditions.
COURSE ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION CHART:
What To
Whom Frequency
Max
Marks
Evidence
Collected
Course
Outcomes
Dir
ect
Ass
essm
ent
CIE
I A
Tests
Students
Three IA tests
for theory
(Average
marks of three
tests to be
computed).
20 Blue Books 1-6
Student
Activity
Student
Activity 5
Log of
Activity 1-6
TOTAL 25
SE
E
End
Exam
End Of the
Course 100
Answer
Scripts ALL CO’s
Indir
ect
Ass
essm
en
t M
ethod
Student
Feedback on
course
Students Middle Of The
Course
Feed Back
Forms
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN41T page 4
End Of
Course
Survey
End Of The
Course Questionnaire
*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination
Note: I.A. test shall be conducted for 20 marks. Average marks of three tests shall be rounded off
to the next higher digit.
SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACXTIVITIES:
Note: The following activities or similar activities for assessing CIE (IA) for 05 marks (Any
one),Students are grouped into batches and each batch should not have more than five
students.
1. Each student should do any one of the following type activity or any other similar
activity related to the course and before conduction, get it approved from concerned
Teacher and HOD.
2. Each student should conduct different activity and no repetition should occur
Make a Visit to any nearest mine or use the information obtained during vocational
trainingand Submit hand written report of 5 to 10 pages/ppts/charts etc., from the
following suggested activities or similar activities.
B and P method in Indian mines.
Search information from theinternet, study the underground coalmineworkingand
prepare a report on development, depillaring,supporting, stowing, haulages,
ventilation or any other similar activities.
Search informationfor study of cycle of operation of each activity of mine
workingandprepare notes on each.
Visit websites of different coal fields of India and prepare a comparative report ontype
of coal, size ofdeposits, winning methodsused etc.
Collect the information regarding transportation of coal underground.
RESOURCES:
ESSENTIAL READINGS:
1. T. N. Singh, Underground winning of Coal, Oxford and IBH New Delhi, 1992
2. Y. P. Chacharkar, A study of Metalliferous Mining Methods, Lovely prakshanDhanbad,
1994
SUPPLEMENTARY READINGS:
1. I. C. F. Statham, Coal Mining Practice, Caxton eastern agencies, Calcutta, Reprint, 1964
2. D. J. Deshmukh, Elements of Mining Technology, Vol - I & II, EMDEE publishers
Ranchi, Revised edition, 2000
3. S. K. Das, Modern Coal Mining Technology, Lovely prakshanDhanbad, 1992
4. R. D. Singh, Principles & Practices of Modern Coal Mining, New age international New
Delhi, 1997
5. B. C. Arthur, SME Mining EngineersHand Book, American Institute of Mining,
Metallurgical and Petroleum Engineers New York,
E-BOOKS:
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Underground_mining_(soft_rock)
http://scienceandtech.cmpdi.co.in/PDF%20Files/Mining%20Methods.pdf
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN41T page 5
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Longwall_mining
http://www.slideshare.net/sankarsulimella/pillar-design-in-coal-mines
http://www.undergroundcoal.com.au/fundamentals/06_overview.aspx9pillarE
xtraction)
www.novamining.com
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES
Ask students to prepare charts or/and models related to different underground
coalminingactivities.
Arrange field visits and discuss case studies of mining layouts and methods used
indifferent underground coal mines.
Arrange seminar on different issues related to underground coal mining (ask students
to prepare ppts in group of four to five on different topicsfrominternet/library)
Arrange expert lectures.
Major Equipment/Instrumentwith Broad Specifications
Mining Models
Various chartsof ventilation, transportation system and stowing operation.
Underground Transportation system models
Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational
components (Bloom’s taxonomy) such as:
Sl. No Bloom’s Category % Weightage
Weightage 1 Remembering &Understanding 60
2 Applying the knowledge acquired from the course 25
3 Analysis 05
4 Evaluation 05
5 Creating new knowledge 05
Model of Rubrics for Assessing Student Activity
Dimension Scale Students Score
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
1 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor
2 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor
3 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor
4 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor
Grand Average/Total
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN41T page 6
Example
Dimension Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary
Score
1 2 3 4 5
Collection
of data
Does not collect
any information
relating to the
topic
Collects very
limited
information;
some relate to
the topic
Collect much
information;
but very
limited relate
to the topic
Collects
some basic
information;
most refer to
the topic
Collects
exact
information
relevant to
the topic
2
Fulfil
team’s roles
& duties
Does not perform
any duties
assigned to the
team role
Performs very
little duties but
unreliable.
Performs very
little duties
Performs
nearly all
duties
Performs all
duties of
assigned
team roles
3
Shares
work
equally
Always relies on
others to do the
work
Rarely does
the assigned
work; often
needs
reminding
Usually does
the assigned
work; rarely
needs
reminding
Normally
does the
assigned
work
Always does
the assigned
work without
having to be
reminded.
1
Listen to
other Team
mates
Is always talking;
never allows
anyone else to
speak
Usually does
most of the
talking; rarely
allows others
to speak
Talks good;
but never
show interest
in listening
others
Listens, but
sometimes
talk too
much
Listens and
speaks a fair
amount
2
Note: Concerned faculty (Course coordinator) must devise appropriate
rubrics/criteria for assessing Student activity for 5 marks
One activity on any one CO (course outcome) may be given to a group of FIVE
students
Grand Average/Total
8/4=2
FORMAT OF I A TEST QUESTION PAPER (CIE)
Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks
Ex: I test/6 th weak of sem 10-11 Am
I/II SEM 20
Year:
Name of Course coordinator : Units:__ CO’s:____
Question no
Question MARKS CL CO PO
1
2
3
4 Note: Internal choice may be given in each CO at the same cognitive level (CL).
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN41T page 7
Model Question paper (CIE)
Test/Date and
Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks
Ex: I test/6 th
week of sem
10-11 Am
IV- SEM UNDERGROUND COAL MINING 20
Year: 2015-16 Course code:15MN41T
Name of Course coordinator : Units:1,2 CO: 1,2,3
Note: Answer all questions
Question
No Question Marks CL CO PO
1 Classify the coal seams based on its depth and dip. 4 R 1 1,2
2
What are the factors on which the size of Panels is
determined?
Or
How the Pillar sizes are decided?
4 A 1 1,2
3 What are the indications of (Roof weight) roof collapse?
6 U 2
1,
2,
4
4
What are the preparatory arrangements to be carried out
before depillaring with caving?
Or
Write the precautions against Air blast
6 A 2
1,
2,
4
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN41T page 8
MODEL QUESTION PAPER
UNDERGROUND COAL MINING
Semester IV
Max Marks: 100 Duration:3 Hours
Part-A
Answer any 6 of the following 6x5=30 marks
1. How the size of the Pillars are decided.
2. Write the advantages and disadvantages of B & P method
3. Summarize factors on which the size of Panel is determined
4. Differentiatepremature collapse and normal collapse.
5. Write the indications of (Roof weight) roof collapse
6. Comparison hydraulic stowing with pneumatic stowing.
7. Describe the conditions suitable for underground coal gasification
8. Explain the factors influencing layout of a long wall face
9. List the governingfactors of the length of Long wall face
Part-B
Answer any 7 of the following 7x10=70 marks
1. Classify the coal seams based on its thickness, inclination, gassiness
and depth
2. Explain the procedure of drivages of development Galleries in Coal
3. Explain the working of steep seams by B & P method.
4. List out the preparatory arrangements before depillaring with caving.
5. Describe the extraction of thin seams up to 3m by caving
6. Explain the general arrangement of stowing plant and mixing unit.
7. Explain the method of extraction of seam by long wall retreating method.
8. What are the applicable conditions, advantages and disadvantages of L/W retreating
method?
9. Describe with a layout of mechanized long wall face advancing with stowing.
10. List out the applicable conditions, advantages and disadvantages of hydraulic mining
*******************
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN41T page 9
MODEL QUESTION BANK
UNDERGROUND COAL MINING
CO-1: BORD AND PILLAR METHOD-DEVELOPMENT
Remembering
1. Classify the coal seams based on its thickness, inclination, gassiness
and depth
2. Define basic elements in bord and pillar method - Galleries.
3. Define Pillar, Goaf, Drift, Heading, Face, Cross- Cut, Panel, Barrier
Understanding
4. Write the advantages and disadvantages of Bord and Pillar method of working.
5. Identify the different conditions suitable for Bord and Pillar method of mining.
6. Explain the factor which decides the number of openings in a Panel
7. Explain the method of developing a steep coal seam by Bord and pillar method.
8. Explain the Manual method of drivages of Galleries.
9. Explain Mechanical methods of drivages of Galleries.
Application
10. Explain the supporting system while driving Galleries.
11. How will you locate the position of sumps during development?
12. Explain the pumping and drainage system while driving Galleries.
13. Explain the ventilation arrangements while driving Galleries.
14. Explain Transportation arrangements while driving Galleries
15. Explain for Bord and Pillar method of working with a simple sketch.
16. List the factors which influence the size of a Panel
17. Determine the Pillar sizes in an U/G coal mine.
18. Explain the method of development of coal seam along dip.
19. Explain the method of development of coal seam along strike.
CO-2: BORD AND PILLAR METHOD-DEPILLARING
Remembering
20. Define a Stook, Split, Goaf,
21. Define Local fall and Main fall
22. Define premature collapse and normal collapse
23. Define an air blast
Understanding
24. List the factors influences the choice of Pillar extraction techniques.
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN41T page 10
25. Discuss the indications of roof collapse
26. Explain the extraction of pillar under weak roof conditions.
27. Describe thepreparatory arrangements to be carried out before depillaring with caving
Application
28. Explain the different methods of splitting pillars.
29. Explain the principles of pillar extraction techniques.
30. Explain the extraction of thin seams up to 3m by caving
31. Write the Precautions against fire during and after depillaring.
32. Write the precautions against inundation during depillaring
33. Write the precautions against Air blast
CO-3 STOWING PRACTICE
Understanding
34. Define Hydraulic , Pneumatic & Mechanical stowing
35. List the qualities of good stowing materials.
Application
36. Explain the layout of stowing plant.
37. Explain the Layout of longwall mining with stowing
38. Explain the dangers and precautions while working below goaved areas?
CO-4 LONG WALL ADVANCING METHOD
Understanding
39. List the merits and demerits of Long wall method of working a coal?
40. Identify the factors which govern the length of longwallface?
41. Draw a layout of longwall advancing method of working a coal seam.
42. Explain different longwall face supports.
Applications
43. Write the applicable conditions for Longwall advancing method of working.
44. Explain the method of working a coal by longwall advancing method.
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN41T page 11
CO-5 LONG WALL RETREATING METHOD
Application
45. List the merits and demerits of Long wall retreating method of working a coal?
46. Explain cyclic and non-cyclic longwall face?
47. Draw a layout of longwall retreating with caving method of working a coal seam
48. Draw a layout of mechanized long wall retreating with stowing.
49. Explain about Barry face?
CO-6 SPECIAL METHOD OF WORKING A COAL
Application
50. Distinguish the problems involved in thick seam mining
51. Explain the conditions suitable for underground coal gasification
52. List the advantages and disadvantages of coal gasification
53. Explainthe conditions suitable for hydraulic mining
54. List the advantages and disadvantages of hydraulic mining
55. Distinguish the problems involved in thick seam mining
56. Explain Horizon mining
57. Write the merits and demerits of Horizon mining.
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN42T Page 1
Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru
PREREQUISITES
Basic knowledge of Mining Geology- I,Mining Geology- II and Engineering Drawing.
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The objective of this course is to provide students in mining engineering with the necessary
knowledge to design safe, scientific,efficient and environmentally responsible opencast
mining operations.
COURSE OUTCOMES
A student who has completed this Course will be able to:
Course Outcome CL Linked
PO
Teaching
Hrs
CO1 Appreciate the Opencast method of
mining. R,U 1,2,3
05
CO2 Apply the concepts in the design and
development of opencast mining. A, 1,2,3,4
07
CO3
Plan and supervise drilling and blasting
operations in mining following safe
practices. U,A,An 2,3,4,6,8,10
15
CO4 Choose the excavators for a mining. A,An 2,3,4,8,10 15
CO5 Analyzeother Mining equipments and
transportation equipments A,An 2,6
05
CO6 Plan the Opencast mine layouts An 2,3,4,7,10 05
Total sessions 52
Legend: R; Remember, U: Understand A: ApplicationAn: Analyze,
Course Title:
OPENCAST MINING Course Code :15MN42T
Semester: IV Course Group :Core
Teaching Scheme in Hrs (L:T:P): 4:0:0 Credits :4 Credits
Type of course:
Lecture & Student activity
Total Contact Hours : 52
CIE: 25 Marks SEE :100 Marks
Programme: DIPLOMA IN MINING ENGINEERING
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN42T Page 2
COURSE-PO ATTAINMENT MATRIX
Course Programme Outcomes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Opencast Mining 1 3 3 3 - 2 - 3 - 3
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.
COURSE CONTENT AND BLUE PRINT OF MARKS FOR SEE
Unit
No Unit Name Hour
Questions to be set for
SEE (Marks) Marks
Weightage Weightage %
R U A An
1 Introduction to
Opencast Mining
05 5 10 15
10.34
2 Opencast Mine
Planning
07 20 20
13.79
3
Drilling and
Blasting in
Opencast Mines.
15
10 20 10 40
27.60
4 Excavation and
Excavators
15 20 20 40
27.59
5 Other equipments
and Transportation
05 10 5 15
10.34
6 Opencast Mine
layouts
05 15 15
10.34
Total 52 5 20 70 50 145 100
Legend: R; Remember, U: Understand A: ApplicationAn: Analyze
COURSE CONTENTS
The limitations,advantages and disadvantages of Opencastmining,an idea of Placer mining,
Sluicing, Auger mining, Hydraulic miningand Dredging, Factors affecting choice of opencast
mining methods.The points to be considered during preparation of thepre-feasibility Report,
ultimate pit limit,Stripping Ratio and Quarriable limit.
UNIT-1 INTRODUCTION TO OPENCAST MINING
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN42T Page 3
UNIT-2 OPENCAST MINE PLANNING
Factors considered for designing and planning a surface mine, designof bench height in
manual and mechanized Opencast mining, advantages and disadvantages of larger bench
height, design of bench width,the information which is necessary for slopedesign.The design
of haul roads, the points to be borne in mind while constructing drainage system on haul
roads, the safety measures to be taken on Haul roads, the problems created by water and its
control measures.
UNIT-3DRILLING AND BLASTING IN OPENCAST MINING.
Factors considered in selecting drills for an opencast mine, Construction and working of Jack
hammer, well hole drill, Down the hole drill(DTH) and wagon drill, The factors influence the
blast design, selection of various blast parameters-Burden, Spacing, Sub grade drilling, depth
of hole, bench height, diameter of hole, the Properties of explosives, Different types of
explosives used in o/c mines, ANFO, Cartridges (Slurries & Emulsion), Site Mixed
Slurry/Emulsion Explosives (or Bulk Explosives),LOX, Deck charging and Column loading,
The calculation of charge per hole and powder factor, Sequence of Blasting-single row,
multiple rows, series, parallel, parallel-series, series-parallel. Magazine - layout, construction
& safety features. Transportation of explosives,controlledblasting techniques. Thesecondary
blasting – Pop shooting and Plaster shooting.
UNIT-4 EXCAVATION AND EXCAVATORS
The factors govern selection of excavators. The construction and operation of Dipper shovel
(rope shovel and hydraulic shovel), their comparison, theoperating parameters and loading
capacities of dipper shovel. Operation and working principle of dragline and dragline
bucket,Over or Side Casting by the Dragline, Construction and operation of bucket wheel
excavator, method of working by BWE-full block & half block,Application, operation and
advantages of Continuous Surface Miner.Construction&workingof back hoe.
UNIT-5OTHER EQUIPMENTS AND TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS IN
OPENCAST MINES
The factors which decide the haulage equipment,the salient points for selection of
transporting System.Reardischarge, side discharge and bottom discharge Dumpers, the safety
devices in Dumpers, Rail transport system and pipe line transport system, Belt and high angle
Conveyers, the principle of operation and uses of:Bull-dozer,Scraper, Ripper, and Road
Grader.Thelimitations and merits of Aerial ropeways.
UNIT-6 OPENCAST MINE LAYOUTS
Box cut, location of box cut, the layout of Dipper shovel and Dumper combination, A spiral
layout for shovel-dumper combination.Layout for dragline working along with shovel and
dumper,Layout of bucket wheel excavator, Schematic Layout of a Hydraulic Mining System,
the basic requirement of the Hydraulic Mining system, principles of Reclamation.
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN42T Page 4
COURSE ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION
What To
Whom Frequency
Max
Marks
Evidence
Collected
Course
Outcomes
Dir
ect
Ass
essm
ent
CIE
I A
Tests
Students
Three IA tests
for theory
(Average
marks of three
tests to be
computed).
20 Blue Books 1-6
Student
Activity
Student
Activity 5
Log of
Activity 1-6
TOTAL 25
SE
E
End
Exam
End Of the
Course 100
Answer
Scripts
ALL
CO’s
Indir
ect
Ass
essm
ent
Met
hod
Student
Feedback on
course Students
Middle Of The
Course
Feed Back
Forms
End Of
Course
Survey
End Of The
Course Questionnaire
*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination
Note: I.A. test shall be conducted for 20 marks. Average marks of three tests shall be rounded off
to the next higher digit.
Note: The following activities or similar activities for assessing CIE (IA) for 05marks (Any
one)Students are grouped into batches and each batch should not have more than five
students.
1. Each student should do any one of the following type activity or any other similar
activity related to the course and before conduction, get it approved from concerned
Teacher and HOD.
2. Each student should conduct different activity and no repetation should occur
Make a Visit to any nearest mineor use the information obtained from the vocational
trainingand Submit hand written report of5 to 10 pages or ppts or charts etc., from the
following activities or similar activities.
Observe the use of different types of explosives used in opencast mining, and prepare
a report
Observe the sketches of different types of drilling patterns used in O/C Mines.
Observe different methods of secondary blasting in open cast mining, and prepare a
report.
SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN42T Page 5
Observe and prepare report of constructional features & working methods of Bucket
Wheel Excavator
Observe and prepare report of hydraulic excavators & rope shovel
Observe and prepare report on draglines
Observe and prepare report on dumpers
Observe and prepare report on stackers&reclaimers
Observe and prepare report on Arial rope ways
Note to IA verifier: The following documents to be verified by CIE verifier at the end of
semester
1. Blue books ( 20marks)
2. Student suggested activities report for 05 marks
3. Student feedback on course regarding Effectiveness of Delivery of instructions &
Assessment Methods.
Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational
components (Bloom’s taxonomy) such as:
Sl. No Bloom’s Category % Weightage
Weightage 1 Remembering &Understanding 25
2 Applying the knowledge acquired from the course 45
3 Analysis 20
4 Evaluation 05
5 Creating new knowledge 05
ESSENTIAL READING
1. R. T. Deshmukh, Opencast Mining, Lovely prakshanDhanbad, 1st ed, 1990.
2. S. K. Das, Surface Mining Technology, Lovely prakshanDhanbad, 1st ed, 1994.
SUPPLEMENTARY READINGS
1. G. B. Mishra, Surface Mining, Lovely PrakashanDhanbad, 1st ed, 1971.
2. E. Hoek and J. Bray, Rock Slope Engineering, 3rd Ed., Inst. Of Mining and Metallurgy,
London, 1980
3. W. Hustrulid and M. Kuchta, Open pit mine planning and Design, Vol - I, A. A. Balkema
Rotterdam, 1st ed, 1995.
4. B. Cummins Arthur, SME Mining Engineers Hand Book, American Institute of Mining,
Metallurgical and Petroleum Engineers
New York, 1973
LIST OF OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE/LEARNING WEBSITE
1. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mining
2. www.youtube.com
3. http://www.mining-journal.com/
4. http://www.miningiq.com/
5. http://www.mining-technology.com/
6. www.nptel.com
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN42T Page 6
MODEL OF RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING STUDENT ACTIVITY
Dimension Scale Students Score
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
1 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor
2 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor
3 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor
4 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor
Grand Average/Total
Example
Dimension Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary
Score
1 2 3 4 5
Collection
of data
Does not collect
any information
relating to the
topic
Collects very
limited
information;
some relate to
the topic
Collect much
information;
but very
limited relate
to the topic
Collects
some basic
information;
most refer to
the topic
Collects
exact
information
relevant to
the topic
2
Fulfil
team’s roles
& duties
Does not perform
any duties
assigned to the
team role
Performs very
little duties but
unreliable.
Performs very
little duties
Performs
nearly all
duties
Performs all
duties of
assigned
team roles
3
Shares
work
equally
Always relies on
others to do the
work
Rarely does
the assigned
work; often
needs
reminding
Usually does
the assigned
work; rarely
needs
reminding
Always does
the assigned
work without
having to be
reminded.
1
Listen to
other Team
mates
Is always talking;
never allows
anyone else to
speak
Usually does
most of the
talking; rarely
allows others
to speak
Talks good;
but never
show interest
in listening
others
Listens, but
sometimes
talk too
much
Listens and
speaks a fair
amount
2
Note: Concerned faculty (Course coordinator) must devise appropriate
rubrics/criteria for assessing Student activity for 5 marks
One activity on any one CO (course outcome) may be given to a group of FIVE
students
Grand Average/Total
8/4=2
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN42T Page 7
FORMAT OF I A TEST QUESTION PAPER (CIE)
Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks
Ex: I test/6 th weak of sem 10-11 Am
I/II SEM 20
Year:
Name of Course coordinator : Units:__ CO’s:____
Question no
Question MARKS CL CO PO
1
2
3
4 Note: Internal choice may be given in each CO at the same cognitive level (CL).
Model Question paper (CIE)
Test/Date and
Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks
Ex: I test/6 th
week of sem
10-11 Am
IV- SEM OPENCAST MINING 20
Year: 2015-16 Course code:15MN42T
Name of Course coordinator : Units:1,2 CO: 1,2
Note: Answer all questions
Question
No Question Marks CL CO PO
1 Define: Placer mining and Dredging 4 R 1 2
2
What are the advantages and disadvantages of OCM?
Or
What is Quarriable limit? Explain
4 U 1 1,2
3
What are the advantages and disadvantages of larger
height benches?
6 A 2
1,
2,
6
4
What are the factor which decides the bench width in
opencast mines?
Or
What are the factors considered in designing the haul
roads in opencast mines?
6 A 2
1,
2,
6
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN42T Page 8
MODEL QUESTION PAPER
OPENCAST MINING
Semester IV
Max Marks: 100 Time: 3 Hours
Part-A
I. Answer any 6 of the following 6x5=30 marks
1. Explain Quarriable limit?
2. Write the advantages and disadvantages of larger height benches?
3. List the factor which decides the bench width in opencast mines?
4. Explainbox cut
5. Explain is Sub grade drilling.
6. Write short notes on ANFO.
7. Write the limitations and merits of Aerial ropeways.
8. Explain the working ranges of dipper shovel.
9. Describe the safety devices in Dumpers.
Part-B
Answer any 7 of the following 7x10=70 marks
1. Describe the deciding factors of bench height in manual and mechanized
opencast mining.
2. Write the factors considered in designing the haul roads in opencast mines?
3. Write the properties of Explosives? Explain.
4. Explain with sketch Ordinary and Electric Delay Detonators.
5. Write the factors influence the blast design?
6. Explain the operation and working principle of dragline.
7. Explain the principle of operation of back hoe or trenching shovel.
8. The application, operation of Continuous Opencast Miner.
9. Describe the principle of operation and uses of Bull-dozer.
10. Draw a spiral opencast mine layout for shovel-dumper combination
-----------********-----------******------------
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN42T Page 9
MODEL QUESTION BANK
CO-1:INTRODUCTION TO OPENCAST MINING
Remembering
1. Describe short notes on Placer mining
2. Describeshort notes on a Sluicing
3. Describe short notes on Auger mining
4. Describe short notes on hydraulic mining
5. Describe short notes on Dredging.
Understanding
6. Explain the applications of opencast mining?
7. Explain the advantages and disadvantages of opencast mining?
8. Explain the Stripping Ratio.
9. Explain Quarriable limit.
CO-2:OPENCAST MINE PLANNING
Application
10. Write the factors considered for designing and planning a surface mine,
11. How the bench height in manual and mechanized Opencast mining is decided?,
12. Write the advantages and disadvantages of larger bench height?
13. How the bench width of an Opencast mines is decided?
14. Writethe information which are necessary for slopedesign?
15. How will you design of haul roads?
16. Writethe points to be borne in mind while constructing drainage system on haul
roads?
17. Writethe safety measures to be taken on Haul roads?
18. Write the problems created by water and its control measures?
CO-3: DRILLING AND BLASTING IN OPENCAST MINING.
Understanding
19. Write a note on Gunpowder.
20. Write short notes on ANFO.
21. Write short on Cartridges (Slurries & Emulsion),
22. Write a noteon Site Mixed Slurry/Emulsion Explosives (or Bulk Explosives).
23. What are the properties of Explosives? Explain.
Application
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN42T Page 10
24. Explain Deck charging and Column loading.
25. Explain the secondary blasting – Pop shooting and Plaster shooting
26. What is Sub grade drilling? Explain.
27. Explain the construction and uses of well hole drill
28. Explain the construction and uses of down the hole drill
29. Explain the construction and uses of wagon drill
30. What are the factors influence the blast design?
31. What is meant by controlled blasting? Explain.
Analysis
32. How the Burden is decided in an Open cast mine?
33. How the Spacing is decided in an Open cast mine?
34. Write short notes on depth of hole and diameter of hole.
35. How will you calculate the charge per hole and powder factor?
CO-4:EXCAVATION AND EXCAVATORS.
Application
36. Write the factors on which the excavators are decided?
37. Explain the operations of a Dipper shovel
38. Explain the construction and operation of bucket in dipper shovel.
39. Explain the working ranges of dipper shovel.
40. Explain the principle of operation of back hoe or trenching shovel.
41. Explain the working conditions suitable for back hoe or trenching shovel.
42. Explain the operation and working principle of dragline.
43. Explain the Construction and operation of dragline bucket.
44. Explain the methods of Over or Side Casting by the Dragline.
45. Explain the Construction and operation of bucket wheel excavator.
Analysis
46. Analyse the factors which decide the haulage equipment?
47. Analyse the salient Points for Selection of Transporting System.
48. Analyse the basic requirements of the Hydraulic Mining system?
49. List the advantages of Continuous Opencast Miner?
50. Distinguish in which mining conditions Bock hoe is decided?
51. Distinguish in which mining conditions front end loader is decided?
52. Distinguish in which mining conditions Bucket wheel Excavator is decided?
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN42T Page 11
CO-5: OTHER EQUIPMENTS AND TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS IN
OPENCAST MINES
Application
53. Explain the rear discharge dumpers
54. Explain the side discharge dumpers
55. Explain Rail transport system and pipe line transport system.
56. The application, operation of Continuous Opencast Miner.
57. Explain the bottom discharge Dumpers.
58. Describe the principle of operation and uses of Bull-dozer
59. Describe the principle of operation and uses of Scraper.
60. Describe the principle of operation and uses of Ripper.
61. Describe the principle of operation and uses of Road Grader.
Analysis
62. Describe the limitations and merits of Aerial ropeways,
63. Compare Truck, Rail, Belt conveyor and Pipe line Transport systems.
CO-6 :OPENCAST MINE LAYOUTS
Analyze
64. Draw a layout of Dipper shovel and Dumper combination.
65. Draw a spiral opencast mine layout for shovel-dumper combination.
66. Draw a opencast mine layout for dragline working along with shovel and dumper
67. Illustrate with sketch the method of working with bucket wheel excavator.
68. Draw a schematic Layout of a Hydraulic Mining System,
69. What Reclamation? Explain.
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State. 15MN43T Page 1
Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru
PREREQUISITES:
Basic knowledge of Surveying, Mathematics, Physics and Engineering Drawing.
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
The objective of this course is to provide students in mining engineering, to undertake Opencast
and underground survey for mining operations using various methods and instruments.
Course Outcomes
Course Outcome CL Linked
PO
Teaching
Hrs
CO1 Understand principles of theodolite
surveying U 1,2
10
CO2 Carryout Theodolite traversing U, A 1,2,3,4 12
CO3 Undertake Triangulation survey A 1,2,3,4 05
CO4 Analyze various Tacheometric survey
problems. A, An. 2,4,9,10
10
CO5 Undertake Underground Correlation
survey and Stope survey A, An. 1,2
10
CO6 Appraise the modern surveying. A 2,10 05
Total sessions 52
Legend: R; Remember, U: Understand A: Application An.: Analysis
Course-PO attainment Matrix
Course Programme Outcomes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Mine Surveying 3 3 2 3 2 2 Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO. If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2 If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1 If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.
Course Title:
MINE SURVEYING Course Code :15MN43T
Semester: IV Course Group :Core
Teaching Scheme in Hrs (L:T:P): 4:0:0 Credits :4 Credits
Type of course:
Lecture & Student activity
Total Contact Hours : 52
CIE: 25 Marks SEE :100 Marks
Programme: DIPLOMA IN MINING ENGINEERING
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State. 15MN43T Page 2
Course Content and blue print of Marks for SEE
Unit
No Unit Name Hour
Questions to be set for
SEE (Marks) Marks
Weightage
Weightage
% U A An
1
Principles of
Theodolite
surveying
10 25
25 17.25
2 Theodolite
traversing 12 10 20
30 20.70
3 Triangulation 05 25 25 17.25
4 Tacheometry 10 10 15
25 17.25
5
Correlation
Surveying and
Stope surveying
10
5 20
25 17.25
6 Modern
Surveying 05 15
15 10.30
Total 52 35 75 35 145 100
Mapping of CO’s with Po’s
Contents:
UNIT-1 PRINCIPLES OF THEODOLITE SURVEYING
Component parts, different terms, fundamental lines of a Theodolite and their relationships.
Temporary adjustment of Theodolite. Measurement of horizontal angles by repetition and
reiteration method, Measurement of deflection angle, Measurement of vertical angles,Errors in
theodolite work.
UNIT-2 THEODOLITE SURVEYING
Traversing with theodolite by included angle method & deflection angle method, Checks for
closed and open traverse. Plotting the traverse by co-ordinate method. Traverse computation-
latitude, departure, closing error, balancing the traverse by Bowditch’s rule and Transit rule, area
of a closed traverse. Problems on omitted measurements and area of closed traverse.
UNIT-3 TRIANGULATION
Primary, secondary and tertiary triangulations, well-conditioned triangle, operations involved in
Routine in Triangulation survey, consideration for the selection of Triangulations station, the
procedure for Base line measurement, Corrections required in the base line measurement,
problems on corrections in triangulation survey.
UNIT-4 TACHEOMETRY
Principles of Tacheometry- Determination of stadia constants, elevations and distances by stadia
Tacheometry with staff held vertical and line of collimation horizontal and inclined,anallatic
lens. Tangential Tacheometry – finding the elevations and distances all the three cases.
Numerical problems on stadia and tangential systems.
UNIT-5 CORRELATION AND STOPE SURVEYING
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State. 15MN43T Page 3
Purpose and methods of Correlation survey, Shaft plumbing, Correlation by Exact, approximate,
assumed bearing methods. Numerical problems on correlation surveying. Purpose of stope
surveying, methods of stope surveying. Role of surveyors in Mines.
UNIT-6 MODERN SURVEYING
Photographic survey-advantages, field work of terrestrial photographic surveying.. Global
Positioning System (GPS) - Fundamentals, GPS receivers, GPS observations, transformation of
GPS results, working principles of GPS navigator. Modern Surveying Instruments- Principles
and uses of (i) Electronic Theodolite (ii) EDM (iii) Total station.
ESSENTIAL READINGS:
1. Mine Surveying and Levelling, Vol.I, II &III by .Ghatak,COALFIELDPUBLISHERS,Ukhra,
Burdwan,W.B.
2. W. Schofield and M. Breach, Engineering Surveying, Sixth edition,2007, ELSEVIER,B & H.
3. B. C. Punmia, Surveying, Vol - I, II, III, Laxmi Publication, New Delhi, 12th Edition, 1990.
SUPPLEMENTRY READINGS:
1. V. Maslov, Geodetic Surveying, Mir Publication, Moscow, Revised edition, 1980.
2. Fedorov, Elementary Plane and Mine Surveying, Mir Publication, Moscow, Revised Edition,
1986.
3. V. Natarajan, Advanced Surveying, B. I. Publication, Bombay, First edition, 1976.
4. T. P. Kanetkar, Surveying and Levelling, Pune VidyarthiGrihaPrakashan, Reprints, 1995.
5. S. K. Roy, Fundamentals of Surveying, Printice Hall of India Pvt., New Delhi, Third
Printing, 2004.
SOFTWARE/LEARNING WEBSITES:
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Triangulation
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CBlhQ76LAyI
http://www.teara.govt.nz/en/modern-mapping-and-surveying/page-3
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tacheometry
http://surveying2012.blogspot.in/2013/08/tacheometry-surveying.html
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/105107122/modules/module11/html/38-4.htm
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/105107122/modules/module11/html/39-10.htm
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aHwg-1CGoTMix.http://geosun.sjsu.ed
u/paula/285/285/marc.htm
http://nptel.ac.in/video.php?subjectId=105104101
http://media.sakshat.ac.in/NPTEL-IIT-Videos/
http://nptel.iitk.ac.in/courses/Civil_Eng/IIT%20Roorkee/Surveying.htm
http://nptel.iitk.ac.in/
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State. 15MN43T Page 4
COURSE ASSESMENT AND EVALUATION SCHEME:
viii. Course Assessment and Evaluation:
What To
Whom Frequency
Max
Marks
Evidence
Collected
Course
Outcomes
Dir
ect
Ass
essm
ent
CIE
I A
Tests
Students
Three IA tests
for theory
(Average
marks of three
tests to be
computed).
20 Blue Books 1-6
Student
Activity
Student
Activity 5
Log of
Activity 1-6
TOTAL 25
SE
E
End
Exam
End Of the
Course 100
Answer
Scripts
ALL
CO’s
Indir
ect
Ass
essm
ent
Met
hod
Student
Feedback on
course Students
Middle Of The
Course
Feed Back
Forms
End Of
Course
Survey
End Of The
Course Questionnaire
*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination
Note: I.A. test shall be conducted for 20 marks. Average marks of three tests shall be rounded off to
the next higher digit.
SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENTS ACTIVITIES:
Note: The following activities or similar activities for assessing CIE (IA) for 05 marks (Any
one), Students are grouped into batches and each batch should not have more than five students.
Each student should do any one of the following type activity or any other similar
activity related to the course and before conduction, get it approved from concerned
Teacher and HOD.
Each student should conduct different activity and no repetition should occur.
Make a Visit to any nearest mine (or use the informations obtained during vocational
training) and Submit hand written report of 500 words from the following activities or
similar activities.
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State. 15MN43T Page 5
ACTIVITIES
Survey at different locations for practice.
Survey in underground mine for practices.
Visit to survey department of a mine and study instruments and drawings.
Prepare sheets for various survey conducted.
Interact with mine surveyor and their team and discuss practical problems faced by them
while surveying.
Study of various mine plans and sections.
Watch surveying videos and prepare a report on modern surveying.
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES
Arrange expert lectures by Mine Surveyors
Ask students to calculate field data by various rules and prepare
Sheets/charts for given data.
Arrange field visit to explain use of survey in mine design and exploration
Show Survey videos
Ask students to study of actual mine plans and interpret them.
Note to IA verifier: The following documents to be verified by CIE verifier at the end of
semester
Blue books ( 20 marks)
Student suggested activities report for 05 marks
Student feedback on course regarding Effectiveness of Delivery of instructions &
Assessment Methods.
Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational
components (Bloom’s taxonomy) such as:
Sl. No Bloom’s Category % Weightage
Weightage 1 Remembering &Understanding 25
2 Applying the knowledge acquired from the course 40
3 Analysis 20
4 Evaluation 10
5 Creating new knowledge 05
Model of Rubrics for Assessing Student Activity
Dimension Scale Students Score
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
1 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor
2 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor
3 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor
4 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor
Grand Average/Total
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State. 15MN43T Page 6
Example
Dimension Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary
Score
1 2 3 4 5
Collection
of data
Does not collect
any information
relating to the
topic
Collects very
limited
information;
some relate to
the topic
Collect much
information;
but very
limited relate
to the topic
Collects
some basic
information;
most refer to
the topic
Collects
exact
information
relevant to
the topic
2
Fulfil
team’s roles
& duties
Does not perform
any duties
assigned to the
team role
Performs very
little duties but
unreliable.
Performs very
little duties
Performs
nearly all
duties
Performs all
duties of
assigned
team roles
3
Shares
work
equally
Always relies on
others to do the
work
Rarely does
the assigned
work; often
needs
reminding
Usually does
the assigned
work; rarely
needs
reminding
Always does
the assigned
work without
having to be
reminded.
1
Listen to
other Team
mates
Is always talking;
never allows
anyone else to
speak
Usually does
most of the
talking; rarely
allows others
to speak
Talks good;
but never
show interest
in listening
others
Listens, but
sometimes
talk too
much
Listens and
speaks a fair
amount
2
Note: Concerned faculty (Course coordinator) must devise appropriate
rubrics/criteria for assessing Student activity for 5 marks
One activity on any one CO (course outcome) may be given to a group of FIVE
students
Grand Average/Total
8/4=2
FORMAT OF I A TEST QUESTION PAPER (CIE)
Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks
Ex: I test/6 th weak of sem 10-11 Am
I/II SEM 20
Year:
Name of Course coordinator : Units:__ CO’s:____
Question no
Question MARKS CL CO PO
1
2
3
4 Note: Internal choice may be given in each CO at the same cognitive level (CL).
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State. 15MN43T Page 7
Model Question paper (CIE)
Test/Date and
Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks
Ex: I test/6 th
week of Sem.
10-11 Am
IV- SEM MINE SURVEYING 20
Year: 2015-16 Course code:15MN43T
Name of Course coordinator : Units:1,2 CO: 1,2
Note: Answer all questions
Question
No Question Marks CL CO PO
1 Summarize the different uses of Theodolite. 4 U 1 2
2
Write the procedure for the temporary adjustment of Theodolite.
Or
State the sources of errors in theodolite surveying? 4 U 1 1,2
3
Discuss the advantages of co-ordinate plotting over
protractor plotting.
Or
Write short notes on Bowditch’s rule and Transit rule.
6 U 2
1,
2,
6
4
The following are the notes of an underground traverse
made with a theodolite in part of a main airway in
level seam:
Line Azimuth Distance
AB 271030’ 120.00M
BC 184048
’ 165.00M
CD 120000’ 147.00M
DE 238030
’ 234.30M
It is proposed to improve the ventilation by driving a new
roadway in direct line between the points A and E, and in
order to complete the work with the maximum of speed to
drive simultaneously on four separate faces. Calculate the
position of point F on the line CD at which two faces are to
be set out and state the quadrant bearing of FE.
6 A 2
1,
2,
6
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State. 15MN43T Page 8
MODEL QUESTION PAPER
MINE SURVEYING
Semester IV
Max Marks: 100 Duration: 3 Hours
Part-A
Answer any 6 of the following 6x5=30 marks
1. Describe various uses of theodolite in mine surveying.
2. Describe the different errors in theodolite work.
3. Discuss the advantages of co-ordinate plotting over protractor plotting.
4. Write short note on closing error.
5. Write any three corrections for base line in a triangulation survey.
6. Write a note on anallatic lens.
7. What are the purposes and methods of Correlation survey?
8. Explain the procedure of measurement of vertical angle by using theodolite.
9. What is photographic survey? What are its advantages?
Part-B
Answer any 7 of the following 7x10=70 marks
1. a) Describe the temporary adjustments of theodolite
b) Describe the repetition method of measuring horizontal angles
2. The vertical angle correspond to staff reading 1m and 3.50m above the foot of the staff
held vertically over a station A were 2042’ and 6
042’ as observed by a tacheometer. If
the R.L. of the trunion axis is 112.50m. Compute the R.L.of the staff station and the
horizontal distance from the instrument.
3. A tacheometer is set up at B and observations are made to stations A and C. The
multiplying constant is 100 and the additive constant is 0.42. The following readings are
taken.
Staff intercepts Middle Cross-hair Vertical Angle.
To A 0.828 0.963 +24012’
To C 1.077 1.068 +12012’
The instrument height is 1.203M. The reduced level of A is 118.410m A.O.D.
Determine the R.L.s of B and C and the horizontal distance AB and BC.
4. The following are the notes of an underground traverse in level seam:
Line azimuth Distance
AB 1700 400M
BC 950 200M
CD 500 420M
DE 1450 550M
Calculate the azimuth and length of a roadway to be driven to connect the stations E and
A
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State. 15MN43T Page 9
5. The following are the notes of an underground traverse made with a theodolite in
part of a main airway in level seam:
Line Azimuth Distance
AB 271030’ 120.00M
BC 184048
’ 165.00M
CD 120000’ 147.00M
DE 238030
’ 234.30M
It is proposed to improve the ventilation by driving a new roadway in direct line between
the points A and E, and in order to complete the work with the maximum of speed to
drive simultaneously on four separate faces. Calculate the position of point F on the line
CD at which two faces are to be set out and state the quadrant bearing of FE.
6. In a weisbach triangle, the azimuth of a plumb plane marked by two wires A and B is
115023’49”, and C is a theodolite station on the south side of the eastern prolongation of
AB. Given the following data, calculate the azimuth of the line CD. Illustrate your
answer by a sketch.
AB=3.481M
BC=2.674M
CA=6.155M
Angle ACD= 179014’33”
Angle BCD=179010’17”
7. Calculate the sag correction for a 30M steel tape under a pull of 10Kg in three equal
spans of 10M each. Weight of 1cm3 of steel=7.86gm. Area of cross section of tape=0.08
cm2
8. A base line was measured with a steel tape which was exactly 30M at180C and a pull of
5Kg, and the measured length was 459.242M. Temperature during measurement was
280C and the pull applied was10Kg. The tape was uniformly supported during the
measurement. Find the length of the line if the cross sectional area of tape was 0.02cm2,
the co-efficient of expansion per 10C=0.0000035, the modulus of elasticity=2.1x 10
6 Kg
per cm2
9. Describe the fundamentals of Global Positioning System
10. Describe the Correlation by approximate alignment method.
********************
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State. 15MN43T Page 10
MODEL QUESTION BANK
CO-1: PRINCIPLES OF THEODOLITE SURVEYING
Understanding
1. Describe various uses of theodolite in mine surveying.
2. Describe with the aid of sketch, a theodolite.
3. State the qualities of a good surveying telescope?
4. Describe the temporary adjustments of theodolite
5. Describe the fundamental axis of theodolite with their relationship.
6. State the sources of errors in theodolite surveying?
7. How will you measure the horizontal angle by repetition method using Theodolite?
8. How will you measure the horizontal angle by repetition method using Theodolite?
9. How will you measure the Vertical angle by using Theodolite?
CO-2: THEODOLITE SURVEYING
Understanding
10. Explain the traversing with theodolite by included angle method
11. Explain the traversing with theodolite by deflection angle method.
12. Write short note on Rectangular co-ordinates
13. Write short note on closing error.
14. Write short notes on Bowditch’s rule and Transit rule.
15. Discuss the advantages of co-ordinate plotting over protractor plotting.
Application
16. Undernoted are the details of a closed traverse:
Line Bearing Distance
AB N800E 439M
BC Due South 488M
CD S600W 377M
DA N100W 609.5M
Calculate the area of traverse ABCD by co-ordinates. Tabulate your calculation in proper
form.
17. The following are the notes of an underground traverse made with a theodolite in
part of a main airway in level seam:
Line Azimuth Distance
AB 271030’ 120.00M
BC 184048
’ 165.00M
CD 120000’ 147.00M
DE 238030
’ 234.30M
It is proposed to improve the ventilation by driving a new roadway in direct line between
the points A and E, and in order to complete the work with the maximum of speed to
drive simultaneously on four separate faces. Calculate the position of point F on the line
CD at which two faces are to be set out and state the quadrant bearing of FE.
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State. 15MN43T Page 11
18. The haulage roadways from two districts of a flat seam of a colliery are to be driven
along DC and BC to join a main haulage roadway at C. The roadways DC and BC are to
be 1250M and 1060M respectively. The co-ordinates of a traverse connecting B and D
are as follows:
Line Length Bearing
AB 725.7M S 59045’E
BC 1060M ?
CD 1250M ?
DE 945M S 55018’W
EA 577.2M S 2040’W
Calculate the bearings on which the roadways DC and BC should be driven.
19.The following are the notes of a theodolite traverse between the faces of two
advancing roadways, BA and FG, which are to be driven until they meet. Find the
distance still to be driven in each roadway by calculating from co-ordinates.
Line Azimuth Distance
AB 267055’ 150links
BC 355001’ 350links
CD 10410’ 315links
DE 0053’ 503links
EF 86001’ 1060links
FG 203055’ 420links
20.The following are the notes of a theodolite traverse taken along the underground road
ways from A to E. It is proposed to join AE by means of straight roadways. Find by
calculation the position of point F on line CD from which drivages could be started
towards A and E to effect quick connection.
Line Azimuth Distance (M)
AB 271030’ 400
BC 184048’ 550
CD 120000’ 490
DE 231030’ 781
21. The observed bearings and horizontal lengths of a closed traverse are as follows:
AB N 60030’ E 230M
BC N 88015’E 400M
CD S 50020’W 500M
DA N 48006’W 292M
The total co-ordinates of station A are 3652.19M and N 4321.74M. Calculate the error of
closure of the traverse and adjust it by the Bowditch Rule. State the corrected co-
ordinates of station D.
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State. 15MN43T Page 12
CO-3: TRIANGULATION
Application
22. What are the classifications of triangulation survey? Describe each briefly.
23. Describe the principles involved in a triangulation survey.
24. List the points you would keep in mind while selecting for fixing the position of
stations?
25. State the corrections required in the base line measurements.
26. Describe how would select and measure the base line for a colliery triangulation.
27. A base line was measured with a steel tape which was exactly 30M at180C and a
pull of 5Kg, and the measured length was 459.242M. Temperature during measurement
was 280C and the pull applied was10Kg. The tape was uniformly supported during the
measurement. Find the length of the line if the cross sectional area of tape was 0.02cm2,
the co-efficient of expansion per 10C=0.0000035, the modulus of elasticity=2.1x 10
6 Kg
per cm2
CO-4: TACHEOMETRY
Application
28. What is Tacheometry? Under what conditions it is applicable.
29. If you are given a tacheometer, whose constants are not known, describe how you
would determine them.
30. Write short notes on Anallatic lens.
Analysis
31. Explain briefly the Tangential method of measuring the height and distance of an
object by using tacheometer, when both angles are in elevation
32. Explain briefly the Tangential method of measuring the height and distance of an
object by using tacheometer, when both angles are in depression.
33. Explain briefly the Tangential method of measuring the height and distance of an
object by using tacheometer, when one angle is in elevation and the other is in depression
CO-5: CORRELATION AND STOPE SURVEYING
Application
28. What are the purposes of Stope Surveying?
29. What are the factors considered while selecting method of stope surveying?
30. Describe the stope surveying for a steeply inclined ore body.
31. Describe the stope surveying for Shrinkage overhand stopes.
32. What are the purposes and methods of Correlation survey?
33. Describe the Correlation by Exact alignment method.
34. Describe the Correlation by approximate alignment method.
35. Describe the Correlation by assumed bearing methods
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State. 15MN43T Page 13
Analysis
36. The following are the details of observations made in connection with correlation by
Weisbach triangle method. A and B are the two plumb lines suspended from pit top
of the pit. D and E are the stations in the underground traverse survey which is
required to be connected with the surface survey. Bearing of AB as found from the
surface is 40040’00” and the length of AB is 2.286M.
The observations obtained in underground are:
AB=2.286M Weisbach angle ACB=001’4”
BC=2.621M Angle BCD=181000’00”
AC=4.907M Angle CDE=96000’00”
CD=18.348M
DE=30.480M
Find the bearing of underground draft DE.
CO-6: MODERN SURVEYING
Application
37. What is photographic survey? What are its advantages? Describe the field work of
terrestrial photographic surveying.
38. Describe the fundamentals Global Positioning System (GPS)
39. Explain the Principles and uses of
(i) Electronic Theodolite
(ii) EDM
(iii) Total station
40. What is the role of surveyors in Mines?
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 1
Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bangalore
Prerequisites: Enthusiasm to learn the subject
Course Objectives:
1. To create an awareness on Engineering Ethics and Human Values.
2. To instill Moral and Social Values and Loyalty.
3. Create awareness among engineers about their social responsibilities
4. Appreciate the Ethical issues
5. To Know the Human rights and concept of women empowerment
6. To know features of our constitution.
Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to attain CO: 7. 8.
Course Outcome CL Linked PO Teaching Hrs
CO1 Practice the moral values that ought to
guide the Engineering profession. R/U 5,6,7,8,10
10
CO2
Discover of the set of justified moral
principles of obligation, ideals that
ought to be endorsed by the engineers
and apply them to concrete situations
U/A
5,7,8,10 09
CO3 Know the definitions of risk and
safety also discover different factors
that affect the perception of risk
R/U 5,6,7,10
05
CO4
Appreciate the Ethical issues and
Know the code of ethics adopted in
various professional body‟s and
industries
R/U
5,6,7,10 06
CO5 Justify the need for protection of
human rights and to know about
concept of women empowerment
R/U 5,6,7,8,10
8
CO6 Know the successful functioning of
democracy in India
R/U 5,6,7,9,10
14
Total sessions 52
Legend: R; Remember, U: Understand A: Application
Course Title: PROFESSIONAL ETHICS & INDIAN CONSTITUTION
Scheme (L:T:P) : 4:0:0 Total Contact Hours: 52 Course
Code:15ME44T
Type of Course: Lectures, Self
Study& Quiz Credit :04
Core/ Elective:
Core
CIE- 25 Marks SEE- 100 Marks
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 2
COURSE-PO ATTAINMENT MATRIX
Course Programme Outcomes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
PROFESSIONAL
ETHICS &
INDIAN
CONSTITUTION
- - - - 3 3 3 3 2 3
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.
COURSE CONTENT AND BLUE PRINT OF MARKS FOR SEE
Unit
No
Unit Name
Hour Questions to be
set for
SEE
Marks
weightage
weightage
(%)
R U A
1 HUMAN VALUES 10 15 15 - 30 21
2
ENGINEERING
ETHICS 09
10 15 - 25 17
3
SAFETY,
RESPONSIBILITIES
OF ENGINEERS
05
05 - 10 15 11
4
ETHICAL ISSUES IN
ENGINEERING
PRACTICE
06
05 05 5 15 11
5 HUMAN RIGHTS 8 15 5 20 13
6
INDIAN
CONSTITUTION 14
25 15 40 27
Total 52 35 75 35 145 100
Legend: R; Remember, U: Understand A: Application
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 3
UNITI: HUMAN VALUES 10Hrs
Professional Ethics-Objectives of study of professional ethics-Human values- Definition of
Morals and Ethics-Difference between Morality and Ethics-Values-Definition-Types of
values- Definition of Integrity- Concept of Work Ethic- Service Learning- Definition
Virtues-Definition-Civic Virtue-Duties and Rights - Respect for Others – Attitude and values,
opinions-changing attitude-beliefs-Reliability-Living Peacefully-Means to be adopted for
leaving peacefully-Caring-Sharing-Honesty-ValuingTime-Co-operation-Commitment-
Empathy-Self-Confidence-Spirituality.
UNTII: ENGINEERING ETHICS 09Hrs
Engineering ethics-Definition-Approach-Senses of Engineering Ethics-variety of moral
issues– Inquiry-Types-Moral dilemmas-Steps to solve dilemma-Moral autonomy –Definition-
consensus & controversy –Profession-Definition–Ethical theories-Theories about right action
Personality–Self control- Self-interest –Self respect.
UNITIII: SAFETY, RESPONSIBILITIES OF ENGINEERS 05Hrs
Safety and risk-definition- - assessment of safety and risk - risk benefit analysis and reducing
risk –Personal risk-Public risk-Reducing risk-Voluntary Risk-Collegiality and loyalty–
Authority-Types- collective bargaining -occupational crime –Responsibility of engineers–
Types-Social responsibility-Professional responsibility-confidentiality-conflicts of interest-
liability
UNIT IV:ETHICAL ISSUES IN ENGINEERING PRACTICE 06Hrs
Ethical issues–Industrial standards-Environmental ethics –Plastic waste disposal-E-Waste
Disposal-Semi conductor waste Disposal-Industrial waste disposal-Human centred
environmental ethics- computer ethics –Types of issues-Computer as the Instrument and
Object of Unethical Acts -Engineers as managers-Codes of ethics-Sample code of Ethics like
-Institution of Engineers(India)-Institute of Electrical & Electronics engineers- Institute of
Electronics & Telecommunication Engineers - Indian Institute of Materials Management.
UNIT V: HUMAN RIGHTS 8 Hrs
Human Rights-Definition-constitutional provisions-right to life and liberty-Human Rights of
Women-Discrimination against women- steps that are to be taken to eliminate discrimination
against women in Education, employment, health care, Economic and social life, Women in
rural areas- Status of Women in India - Constitutional Safeguards - Dowry Prohibition act
1961- Domestic violence act 2005- Sexual harassment at work place bill 2006-Human Rights
of Children- Who is a child- list the Rights of the Child- Right to education--Protection of
Children from Sexual Offences Act(POCSO)-2012- National Human Rights Commission-
Constitution- Powers and function of the Commission-Employee rights- Provisions made-
Contractual-Non contractual employee rights-Whistle blowing-definition-Aspects-Intellectual
Property Rights (IPR)–Meaning-Need for protection- Briefly description of concept of
patents, Copy right, Trade mark.
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 4
UNIT VI: INDIAN CONSTITUTION 14Hrs
Introduction to constitution of India-Formation and Composition of the Constituent
Assembly-Salient features of the Constitution-Preamble to the Indian Constitution
Fundamental Rights- Fundamental Duties-Directive principles of state policy.
Parliamentary system of governance- Structure of Parliament- Lokhasabha and Rajyasabha -
Functions of parliament- Legislative ,Executive, Financial Function, Powers of Loksabha and
Rajya Sabha- Procedure followed in parliament in making law-Structure of union executive-
Power and position of President, Vice President, Prime minister and council of ministers.
Structure of the judiciary: Jurisdiction and functions of Supreme Court, high court, and
subordinate courts
Federalism in the Indian constitution, Division of Powers- Union list, State list and
concurrent list, Structure of state legislation, Legislative assembly and Legislative council,
Functions of state legislature, Structure of state executive-Powers and positions of Governor,
,Speaker, Deputy Speaker, Chief Minister and council of minister.
Local self government- meaning-Threetiersystem-Villagepanchayath-Talukpanchayath-
Zillapanchayath-Local bodies-Municipalities and Corporations, Bruhath mahanagara Palike.
Functions of Election commission, UPSC, KPSC.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Naagarazan, R.S. , “Professional Ethics and Human Values “ New age International http://www.imd.inder.cu/adjuntos/article/524/Professional%20Ethics%20and%20Hu
man%20Values.pdf
2.Charles D. Fleddermann, "Engineering Ethics", Pearson Education / Prentice Hall,
3.NCERT_Indian_Constitution_at_Work_Political_Science_Class_11_www.upscport
al.com (1)
REFERENCES
1.Govindarajan M, Natarajan S, Senthil Kumar V. S, “Engineering Ethics”, Prentice
HallofIndia,NewDelhi,2004.
2. Charles E Harris, Michael S. Protchard and Michael J Rabins, "Engineering Ethics
- Concepts and Cases", Wadsworth Thompson Learning, United States, 2000
3. John R Boatright, "Ethics and the Conduct of Business", Pearson Education, New
Delhi,2003.
4. Edmund G Seebauer and Robert L Barry, "Fundamentals of Ethics for Scientists
and Engineers", Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2001
5.Mike Martin and Roland Schinzinger, "Ethics in Engineering", McGraw-Hill, New
York, 1996.
6. Introduction to the Constitution of India- Dr.Durga Das Basu
7. Empowerment of rural women in India-Hemalatha H.M and
RameshwariVarma,HemaPrakashana.
LIST OF LEARNING WEBSITES:
1. http://www.imd.inder.cu/adjuntos/article/524/Professional%20Ethics%20and%20Human
%20Values.pdf
2. http://www.course.sdu.edu.cn/G2S/eWebEditor/uploadfile/20131017113401956.pdf
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 5
SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT CASE STUDY
Note: The following or similar Case study related for assessing CIE (IA) for 10 marks
1 Teacher form the group of 5- 6 students, Ask to think by each student, about an important
value acquired from their child hood and the value still retained with them and value they
rejected. Ask to share the values retained and explore what has made to reject some values.
Make report
2 The construction company wants to make a feasibility study of a proposed ring road
near your city. It hires Civil engineer for this purpose. The engineer learns that the
project would have a very negative impact in term of pollution, economy, and lives of
low income rural population. The Engineer had no intention of divulge the information
during public hearings. What should the Engineer as Adviser to do? Make report 3 The computer engineer develops a computer program used as a tool in developing
other programs assigned to him. He uses the facilities of the company to develop the
program. He changes jobs and takes the only copy of the first program with him for
use in his new job. Will it be a violation of the employer‟s right? Does he require
previous employer‟s permission before using it on the new job? Make report 4 A manufacturing enterprise pays their Technicians Trainees overtime salary and a
handsome bonus to work during a strike period. The strike was organized by the union
against the unsafe working conditions of the plant. You, considered as a Technician
trainee, believe that the conditions may be unsafe even though no government
regulations apply. What will you do? Make report
Options:
1. Refuse to work, because thinking that the allegations of the union have merit
2. Refuse to work because believing that breaking the strike is unethical.
3. Continue to work, because he feels this is an obligation to the employees
4. Continue to work because it will help clear some of his pending commitments
5. Work, because otherwise Management is likely to be fired and cannot get
alternate job.
5 A woman who was driving a car was involved in an accident. The vehicle dashed
against the divider. She had fallen unconscious. You are passing by your vehicle. She
is known to you, alive and stable. You are going to appear for an interview for Air
Force recruitment.
Is it (or) is it not your duty to save her from suffering? You are likely to fulfill a duty
of protecting the country. What you will do .Apply Ethical theory on this situation.
Make report
6 Teacher form the group of 5- 6 students, Ask to Visit local general hospital/leading
Nursing homes. Ask them to observe how their hospital wastes being disposed. Will
they follow the safe disposable measures? Assess how it will violate their
environmental ethics. Make report
MORE SUGGESTED CASE STUDY FOR UNDERSTANDING THE COURSE
Case Studies: Study the cases given in text book Vide page number 120 to page number 138:
Naagarazan, R.S “Professional Ethics and Human Values “New age International (E-link
:http://www.imd.inder.cu/adjuntos/article/524/Professional%20Ethics%20and%20Human%20V
alues.pdf ) and analyzes the ethical issues and comment on what one should do. State ethical
principles, codes of ethics of professional societies, to support your comments.
Course Delivery:
The course will be delivered through lectures and Power point presentations/ Video
Teachers can encourage the students to take case study and make the report of the same.
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 6
Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme:
What To
who
m
When/Where
(Frequency in
the course)
Max
Mark
s
Evidence
collected
Course outcomes
Direct
Assessment
CIE IA
Stu
den
ts
Three tests
(Average of
three tests to be
computed)
20 Blue books 1,2,3,4,5,6
One Case study 05 Report 1,2,3,4,5,6
Total 25
SEE End
Exam
End of the course 100
Answer scripts
at BTE 1,2,3,4,5,6
Indirect
Assessment
Student
Feedback on
course
Stu
den
ts
Middle of the
course Feedback
forms
1 & 2,3 Delivery
of course
End of
Course
Survey
End of the course
Questionnaires
1,2,3,4,5,6
Effectiveness of
Delivery of
instructions &
Assessment
Methods Note: I.A. test shall be conducted for 20 marks. After taking average of three tests marks, any decimals shall be
rounded off to the next higher digit.
Example only: RUBRICS/CRITERIA FOR ASSESSING STUDENT’s CASE STUDY (5 Students in a group).
Dimension Scale Students Score
Unsatisfactory
1 Developing
2 Satisfactory
3 Good
4 Exemplary 5
1 2 3 4 5
1. Research and
gather data
information
Does not
collect
information
relate to topic
Collects very
limited
information,
some relate
to topic
Collects basic
information,
most refer to
the topic
Collects more
information,
most refer to the
topic
Collects a
great deals
of
information,
all refer to
the topic
3
2.Full fills
teams roles and
data
interpretation
Does notable to
interpret data
perform any
duties assigned
to the team role
slightly able
to interpret
data and
Performs
very little
duties
Not precisely
able to
interpret data
and Performs
nearly all
duties
Precisely Able
to interpret
Data and
Performs almost
all duties
Excellent in
interpreting
data and
Performs all
duties of
assigned
team roles
4
3.Shares work
equally Always relies
on others to do
the work
Rarely does
the assigned
work, often
needs
reminding
Usually does
the assigned
work, rarely
needs
reminding
Always does the
assigned work,
rarely needs
reminding.
Always
does the
assigned
work,
without
needing
reminding
5
4. Listen to
other team
mates and able
to conclude
Is always
talking, never
allows anyone
to else to speak
not able to infer
Usually does
most of the
talking,
rarely allows
and the
others to
speak and
slightly able
to infer
Listens, but
sometimes talk
too much and
able to infer
Listens and talks
a little more
than needed and
able to precisely
conclude
Listens and
talks a fare
amount and
excellently
conclude
this opinion
2
Grand Average/Total
14/4=3.5 ~ 4
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 7
Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational
components (Bloom’s taxonomy) such as:
Sl. No Bloom’s Category % in Weightage
1 Remembering 35
2 Understanding 50
3 Application 10
4 Analysis (activities) 05
FORMAT OF I A TEST QUESTION PAPER (CIE) Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks
Ex: I test/6 th
weak of sem 10-11 Am
I/II SEM PROFESSIONAL ETHICS & INDIAN
CONSTITUTION 20
Year: 15ME44T
Name of Course coordinator : Units:__ CO’s:____
Question no
Question MARKS CL CO PO
1
2
3
4
Note: Internal choice may be given in each CO at the same cognitive level (CL).
MODEL QUESTION PAPER (CIE)
Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks
Ex: I test/6 th weak of
sem 10-11 Am
IV SEM PROFESSIONAL ETHICS&
INDIAN CONSTITUTION 20
Year: 2015-16 Course code: 15ME44T
Name of Course coordinator : Units:1,2 and CO: 1,2
Note: Answer all questions and carry equal marks
Question no
Question CL CO PO
1 List the factors for one to work peacefully. R 1 5,6,7
2 Illustrate the ethical aspect principle of caring or sharing, with an
example?
OR
Explain various actions of an engineer leading to dishonesty?
A 1 5,6,7
3 State the specific virtues relating to honesty?
OR
List the situations when moral dilemmas arise?
R 2 5,7,8
4 Explain the relation between autonomy and authority?
A 2 5,7,8
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 8
MODEL QUESTION PAPER
4- Semester Diploma Examination
PROFESSIONAL ETHICS & INDIAN CONSTITUTION
Time: 3 Hours] [Max Marks: 100
Note: Answer any SIX from Part A and any SEVEN from Part B
PART-A 6x5=30 marks
1. Distinguish between „morality‟ and „ethics‟
2. Explain the terms, „Profession‟, „Professional‟, and „Professionalism‟?
3. Name a few techniques (steps) to reduce risks?
4. List the ill effects of E waste disposal on environment?
5. Explain the role of computers as object of Unethical Acts?
6. State various provisions under „human rights?
7. Differentiate between „Patent‟ and „Trade secret‟?
8. State the function of Governor?
9. Write Note on gram panchayaths?
PART-B 7x10=70 marks
10. Illustrate the ethical aspect principle of caring or sharing, with an example?
11. Explain various actions of an engineer leading to dishonesty?
12. List the situations when moral dilemmas arise?
13. Distinguish between „corporate responsibility‟ and „corporate accountability?
14. Explain Occupational crime?
15. Explain code of Ethics followed in Institution of Engineers?
16. Explain Sexual harassment at work place bill 2006?
17. Explain the basic structure of Parliament?
18. Explain the formation and functions of state high Court?
19. State the role of following members in Rajyasabha?:
a) Chairman
b) Leader of the house
c) Opposition leader
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 9
MODEL QUESTION BANK 4
th Semester
Course title: PROFESSIONAL ETHICS & INDIAN CONSTITUTION
CO1: PRACTICE THE MORAL VALUES THAT OUGHT TO GUIDE THE ENGINEERING
PROFESSION.
Level-1: Remember
1. Define Engineering Ethics?
2. State the two approaches to Engineering ethics?
3. List different meanings of „ethics‟.
4. List the key trends in engineering ethics?
5. Distinguish between „morality‟ and „ethics‟?
6. List different types of values and give a few examples in each?
7. List the civic virtues one should develop?
8. List the types of virtues, with an example for each
9. List the factors for one to work peacefully?
10. List different ways the honesty reflects?
11. List the benefits of empathy?
12. Define „character‟. and „spirituality‟?
Level-2: Understand
13. How do the human values evolve?
14. Explain the term „respect for others‟ with suitable example?
15. Explain what should one do or not to do live peacefully?
16. Distinguish between „caring‟ and „sharing‟?
17. What are the impediments to proper co-operation?
18. Explain the factors that shape self-confidence in a person?
19. Explain two methods of developing self-confidence?
20. Illustrate the ethical aspect principle of caring or sharing, with an example?
21. Explain various actions of an engineer leading to dishonesty?
22. Explain Service Learning and discuss on its components?
23. Explain any two Human values in detail?
CO2: DISCOVER OF THE SET OF JUSTIFIED MORAL PRINCIPLES OF OBLIGATION, IDEALS
THAT OUGHT TO BE ENDORSED BY THE ENGINEERS AND APPLY THEM TO CONCRETE
SITUATIONS
Level-1: Remember
1. List the objectives of this course „professional ethics‟?
2. Define the term, „moral dilemma‟?
3. List the situations when moral dilemmas arise?
4. List the steps in confronting moral dilemma?
5. State the five characteristics of professionals?
6. State the specific virtues relating to honesty?
7. Define „corporate responsibility‟
8. Define „corporate accountability?
9. List the skills required to handle moral problems/issues in engineering ethics?
Level-2: Understand
10. Why do people behave unethically?
11. Why and how do moral problems arise in a profession?
12. Explain the moral dilemma
13. Explain the difficulties in solving moral problems?
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 10
14. Explain the relation between autonomy and authority?
15. Highlight the principle of „pre-conventional level‟ of moral development?
16. Explain the terms, „Profession‟, „Professional‟, and „Professionalism‟?
17. Describe the virtues fulfilled under professional responsibility?
18. Distinguish between „corporate responsibility‟ and „corporate accountability?
19. What is moral integrity? Write on its significance?
20. Differentiate between self-respect and self-esteem.?
21. Distinguish between causal responsibility, moral responsibility and
Legal responsibility?
22. What is meant by Professional Responsibility?
23. Where and how do moral problems arise in engineering practice?
Justify the safety and other obligations of professional engineers?
CO3: KNOW THE DEFINITIONS OF RISK AND SAFETY ALSO DISCOVER DIFFERENT
FACTORS THAT AFFECT THE PERCEPTION OF RISK
Level-1: Remember
1. Name the factors that influence the perception of risk?
2. List the factors that affect the risk acceptability?
3. Name a few techniques (steps) to reduce risks?
4. List various aspects of collegiality?
5. List factors/principles to justify „confidentiality‟?
6. State the difference between „bribe‟ and „gift‟?
Level-2: Understand
7. What is meant by „safe exit‟, in the study of safety?
8. Describe „institutional authority‟ with an example?
Level-3: Application
9. Explain „collective bargaining with example?
10. Explain briefly „„institutional authority?
11. Explain Occupational crime?
CO4: APPRECIATE THE ETHICAL ISSUES AND KNOW THE CODE OF ETHICS
ADOPTED IN VARIOUS PROFESSIONAL BODY’S AND INDUSTRIES
Level-1: Remember
1. List the ill effects of E waste disposal on environment?
2. Define „computer ethics‟? List the issues in „computer ethics‟?
3. Name different types of problems in „computer ethics‟?
4. List the ethical problems by computers in workplace?
5. List the ethical features involved in computer crime?
Level-2: Understand
6. Describe briefly on code of ethics?
7. Write note on Industrial standards?
8. What are the duties of an engineer as an experimenter, in environmental ethics?
9. How the plastic waste disposals create havocs?
10. Discuss on Industrial waste disposal creating disasters on environment?
Level-3: Application
11. Explain „environmental ethics‟?
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 11
12. Explain human centred environmental ethics?
13. Explain the role of computers as instruments?
14. Explain the role of computers as object of Unethical Acts?
15. Explain the role of engineers as managers?
16. Explain code of Ethics followed in Institution of Engineers?
17. Explain code of Ethics followed in engineering council of India?
18. Explain code of Ethics followed in TATA group?
19. Explain code of Indian Institute of Materials Management?
CO 5: JUSTIFY THE NEED FOR PROTECTION OF HUMAN RIGHTS AND TO KNOW
ABOUT CONCEPT OF WOMEN EMPOWERMENT
Level-1: Remember
1. State various provisions under „human rights?
2. List the features of „international human rights?
3. State the provisions under professional rights?
4. State the features of the employee rights?
5. List the principles of conflict resolution?
6. List the ethical responsibilities of consulting engineers?
7. List the various Special Programs for Women's Development from government?
Level-2: Understand
8. Describe briefly „trademark‟?
9. Differentiate between „Patent‟ and „Trade secret‟?
10. Describe briefly „right of conscientious refusal‟?
11. Describe „right to due processes?
12. Describe „intellectual property rights?
Level-3: Application
13. Explain briefly the „copyright‟?
14. Explain briefly about patents?
15. Explain on the participation in professional societies? `
16. Explain the concept of women empowerment?
17. Explain woman and Development?
18. Explain Dowry Prohibition act 1961?
19. Explain POCSO act 2012?
20. Explain domestic violence act 2005?
21. Explain Sexual harassment at work place bill 2006?
CO6: KNOW THE SUCCESSFUL FUNCTIONING OF DEMOCRACY IN INDIA
Level-1: Remember
1. List the function and powers of parliament?
2. State the positions and powers of the Governor?
3. State the powers and Functions of the Chief Minister?
4. State the functions of Taluk panchayaths?
5. State the functions of Zilla panchayaths?
6. List the functions of urban local bodies?
7. State the powers of the president?
8. State the functions of the president?
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 12
9. State the powers and Functions of the prime minister?
Level-2: Understand
10. Describe briefly about Indian constitution?
11. Write about structure of Parliament?
12. What are the Procedure followed in parliament in making law?
13. Describe the role of gram panchayaths in community upliftment?
14. Describe the role of: a) Chairman b) Leader of the house c) Opposition leader in
Rajyasabha?
15. Describe importance of Judiciary?
16. Describe the Structure of state legislation
17. Describe the Jurisdiction of Supreme court,
18. Describe the Jurisdiction high court?
Level-3: Application 19. Explain theFormation & Composition of constituent assembly?
20. Explain preamble and its main objectives of Indian constitution?
21. Explain the fundamental Rights of Every citizen?
22. Explain the fundamental Duties of Every citizen?
23. Explain salient features of Indian constitution?
24. Explain the basic structure of Parliament?
25. Explain the composition of Lokasabha?
26. Explain the composition of Rajyasabha?
27. Explain the Directive principles of state policy?
28. Explain the Structure Of The Judiciary?
29. Explain the Powers of Rajya Sabha and Loksabha ?
30. Describe briefly about, Division of Powers- Union list, State list and concurrent list,
31. Explain the federalism in the Indian constitution ?
32. Explain the role of vice president?
33. Explain the role of State council of ministers?
34. Explain the functions of Zilla panchayaths?
35. Explain the formation and functions of Supreme Court?
36. Explain the formation and functions of state high Court?
37. Explain the formation and functions of subordinate courts?
38. Explain the formation of three tier system for local self government?
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN44P Page 1
Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru
PREREQUISITES
Knowledge of Basic Computer Skills and Engineering Drawing.
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To impart skills of computer aided design about the integration of interdisciplinary fields.
On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
Course Outcome CL Linked excises Linked
PO Teach
ing
Hrs
CO1 Apply their skills in various mine
design and layouts. U/A
Basic commands
Part-A 1,2,3,10 18
CO2 Apply top-down design principles
to a model. U/A
Basic commands
Part-A 1,2,3,10 21
CO3
Make appropriate selection of CAD
functionality to use as tools in the
design process.
U/A
CAD - drawings
1,2,3,10 21
CO4
Communicate effectively the
geometry and intent of design
features.
U/A
CAD - drawings
1,2,3,10 18
Total sessions 78
COURSE- PO ATTAINMENT MATRIX
Course Programme Outcomes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
MINING - CAD 03 03 03 - - - - - - 03
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO. If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2 If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed
Course Title: MINING - CAD Course Code :15MN44P
Semester: IV Course Group : Core
Teaching Scheme in Hrs (L:T:P): 0:2:4 Credits : 3 Credits
Type of course: Tutorial & Practice Total Contact Hours : 78
CIE: 25 Marks SEE :50 Marks
Programme: DIPLOMA IN MINING ENGINEERING
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN44P Page 2
COURSE CONTENT
Unit
No
Unit Name Hour
Questions to be set
for
(50marks)
PART - B
1 Learning the commands using a CAD
package. 40 -
2 Exercises (Mining drawings) using the
above commands. 38 50
Total 78 50
CONTENTS
PART-A
A. Learning of the following commands using a CAD package.
1. Drawing commands: Line, arc, circle, polygon, donut, solid, spline,
P line, text, M line, ellipse, dimensioning, object snaps point,
Hatch, layers, Units.
2. Editing commands: Limits, erase, array, copy, move, offset,
Stretch, Pedet, change properties, trim, extend, fillet, chamfer,
Break, Mirror, Scale, Rotate, Zoom, Pan.
3. Enquiry Commands: Id, list, dist, area, DBlist, Status.
4. Selection sets I E., window, crossing, fence polygon.
5. Plotting.
PART-B
Ten exercises (Mining drawings) using the above commands.
Examples: Sheave wheel, Headgear, Different shapes with Partitions of shafts, Cages,
Suspension gear-Rope capel, Detaching hook, Triangular distributing plates, Rail tracks-Turn
table, Y-Cross, Diamond Cross, Drilling patterns, Developmental openings of an
underground metal mining and coal mining, Shaft centering arrangements, Shaft sinking
equipments-Skip, Sinking Kibble, Rider, Sinking Platform, Surface mining layouts like
Dipper shovel and Dumper combination, Dragline, Bucket wheel excavator & Muff coupling,
Bolt and Nut.
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN44P Page 3
COURSE ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION SCHEME.
What To whom
When/Where
(Frequency in
the course)
Max
Marks
Evidence
collected
Course
outcomes
Dir
ect
Ass
essm
en
t m
eth
od
CIE IA
Students
Student
activities
10 CAD drawing 1,2,3,4
Record 15 CAD exercises 1,2,3,4
SEE End
Exam
End of the
course 50
Answer scripts
at BTE 1,2,3,4
Ind
irec
t A
sses
smen
t Student Feedback
on course
Students
Middle of the
course --- Feedback forms
1,2,3,4
Delivery of
course
End of Course
Survey
End of the
course --- Questionnaires
1,2,3,4,5,6
Effectiveness
of Delivery of
instructions &
Assessment
Methods
*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination
Note:
1. Rubrics to be devised appropriately by the concerned faculty to assess Student activities.
MODEL OF RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING STUDENT ACTIVITY
Dimension Scale Students Score Unsatisfactory Developing satisfactory Good Exemplary 1 2 3 4 5 1.
Research
and gather
informatio
n
Does not
collect
information
relate to topic
Collects
very
limited
information
, some
relate to
topic
Collects
basic
information,
most refer to
the topic
Collects
more
informati
on, most
refer to
the topic
Collects a great deals of
information, all refer to
the topic
EX 2
2.Full fills
teams
roles and
duties
Does not
perform any
duties
assigned to
the team role
Performs
very little
duties
Performs
nearly all
duties
Performs
almost
all duties
Performs all duties of
assigned team roles 4
3.Shares
work
equally
Always relies
on others to
do the work
Rarely does
the
assigned
work, often
needs
reminding
Usually does
the assigned
work, rarely
needs
reminding
Always
does the
assigned
work,
rarely
needs
remindin
g.
Always does the assigned
work, without needing
reminding
5
4. listen to
other team
mates
Is always
talking, never
allows anyone
to else to
speak
Usually
does most
of the
talking,
rarely
allows
others to
speak
Listens, but
sometimes
talk too
much,
Listens
and talks
a little
more than
needed.
Listens and talks a fare
amount 3
Grand Average/Total (2+4+5+3)=14/4=3.5=4
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State 15MN44P Page 4
Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational components (Bloom’s taxonomy)
such as: Sl. No Bloom’s Category % Weightage
Weightage 1 Understanding 45
2 Applying the knowledge acquired from
the course
40
3 Analysis 05
4 Evaluation& Creating new knowledge 10
Note to IA verifier: The following documents to be verified by CIE verifier at the end of
semester
1. Student suggested activities report for 10 marks
2. Student feedback on course regarding Effectiveness of Delivery of instructions &
Assessment Methods.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION FOR SEE
Two questions to be set from Part B by using 2 or 3 combination of commands
listed in part- A.
Sl.No. Topics Marks
1 Writing the procedure with commonds 7+8=15
2 Execution 10x2=20
3 Printouts 5x2=10
4 viva voce 05
TEXT BOOKS
1. Sham Tickoo- Autocad: A Problem-Solving Approach Thomson Learning EMEA,
Limited
2. George Omura- Mastering Auto CAD BPB Publication
3. Arshad N Siddique, Zahid Khab, Mukhtar Ahmed- Engineering Drawing with
AutoCAD
E-LINKS. http://www.we-r-here.com/cad/tutorials/index.htm
http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/
http://www.caddprimer.com/AutoCAD_training_tutorial/AutoCAD_training_lessons.htm
http://www.autocadmark.com/
http://www.autocadtutorials.net/
EQUIPMENT LIST
1. Computers with Latest Configuration. (One Computer per student in practical session.)
2. Any latest licensed Computer Aided Drafting Software.
3. Plotter of size A0
4. LCD Projector
5. UPS 5KVA
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State. 15MN45P Page 1
Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru
PRE REQUISITE
Knowledge of Surveying Practice -1 and Mine Surveying.
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The course is designed to help the student in understanding the different difficulties occur
during mine working, planning and designing, their probable causes and remedies by
accurate surveying.
i. Course Outcomes
A student who has completed this Course will be able to:
Course Outcome CL Linked
PO Teaching Hrs.
CO1 Apply the skills to conduct traverse survey & to
find the area. A, An
1,2,3,4,5,8
,9,10 30
CO2 Carry out the triangulation survey and also analyze
their various problems and corrections. A, An
1,2,3,4,5,8
,9,10 09
CO3 Carry out the tachometric survey and also analyze
their various problems. A, An
1,2,3,4,5,8
,9,10 18
CO4 Correlate the surface and underground features by
mine survey. A, An
1,2,3,4,5,8
,9,10 06
CO5 Understand the statutory provisions for mine plans
and their maintenance including survey
instruments. A, An
1,2,3,4,5,8
,9,10 15
Total sessions 78
ii. Course-PO Attainment Matrix
Course Programme Outcomes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
MINE SURVEYING
PRACTICE 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO. If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2 If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed
Course Title:
MINE SURVEYING PRACTICE Course Code :15MN45P
Semester: IV Course Group :Core
Teaching Scheme in Hrs (L:T:P): 0:2:4 Credits :3 Credits
Type of course:
Practical and student activity
Total Contact Hours: 78
CIE: 25 Marks SEE :50 Marks
Programme: DIPLOMA IN MINING ENGINEERING
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State. 15MN45P Page 2
GRADED EXERCISES
Sl.No. Graded Exercises Hours
1 Study of parts of transit theodolite and temporary adjustments 6
2 Measurement of horizontal angle by repetition method 3
3 Measurement of horizontal angle by reiteration method 3
4 Measurement of vertical angles. 3
5 Determination of horizontal distance between two inaccessible Points
with theodolite
3
6 Conducting a closed traverse of a given area and balancing it by
(i) Bow ditch's Rule& ii) Transit Rule
6
Conduct the closed traverse, plot it by rectangular co-ordinates
and find its area. 6
7 Conducting the triangulation survey of a college campus or
Part of a campus or any other field shown by the competent
Person and plot it. 9
8 Determination of height of an object whose base is accessible 3
9 Determination of Stadia Constants. 3
10 Determine Horizontal distance and Elevation with staff held Vertical by
Stadia method (Line of sight horizontal& inclined) 6
11 Determine Horizontal distance and Elevation with staff held Vertical by
Tangential method (All Three cases) 6
12 Simulate conditions for a correlation, survey on surface and
Find out the bearing and distance of a base line by
(i) Approximate alignment method
(ii) Exact alignment method
6
13 Study of the
(i)Electronic Theodolite and its operations
(ii)E.D. M. and GPS, their operations
(iii)Study of components parts of Total Station
9
14 Measurement of Horizontal and vertical angles using Total Stations 6
SCHEME OF EVALUATION
One question to be chosen from the graded exercises in such a way that the question
should carry the activities of: procedure, tabulation, (plotting if required) and calculations.
LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
Serial
No. Description
Marks
1 Writing procedure 05
2 Conducting & Performance 20
3 Calculation and results 15
4 Viva-voice 10
TOTAL 50
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State. 15MN45P Page 3
SL.NO. EQUIPMENTS QUANTITY
1 THEODOLITE WITH 20” LC 05
2 TOTAL STATION 05
3 HAND HELD GPS NAVIGATOR 05
4 ELECTRONIC THEODOLITE 15
5 DISTOMAT 05
REFERENCE
Surveying and Levelling Vol- I & II by B C Punmia
Surveying and Levelling by T P konetkar& S V Kulkarni
Plane Surveying by Dr.Alak De
Surveying and Levelling by S SBhavikatti
Surveying by Duggal
Surveying by R Agor
Fundamentals of Surveying by S K Roy
Surveying and Levelling by N NBasak
Advanced Surveying by R Agor
Mine Surveying and Levelling by S.Ghatak
LIST OF OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE/LEARNING WEBSITE
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=C8knKG05lYA
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Triangulation
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CBlhQ76LAyI
http://www.teara.govt.nz/en/modern-mapping-and-surveying/page
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tacheometry
http://surveying2012.blogspot.in/2013/08/tacheometry-surveying.html
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/105107122/modules/module11/html/38-4.htm
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/105107122/modules/module11/html/39-10.htm
http://nptel.ac.in/video.php?subjectId=105104101
http://media.sakshat.ac.in/NPTEL-IIT-Videos/
http://nptel.iitk.ac.in/courses/Civil_Eng/IIT%20Roorkee/Surveying.htm
COURSE ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION SCHEME
What To whom
When/Where
(Frequency in the
course)
Max
Marks
Evidence
collected
Course
outcomes
Dir
ect
Ass
ess
men
t m
eth
CIE IA
Students
Two tests
(average of Two
tests to be
computed)
10 Blue books 1,2,3,4,5
Graded
exercise 10 Record 1 2 3 4 5
Mini
Project/Student
activity
05 Report/Log of
Activity 1,2,3,4,5
SEE End
Exam End of the course 50
Answer scripts at
BTE 1,2,3,4,5
Ind
irec
t A
sses
smen
t
Student
Feedback on
course
Students
Middle of the
course Feedback forms
1, 2 Delivery of
course
End of Course
Survey End of the course Questionnaires
1,2,3, 4,5
Effectiveness of
Delivery of
instructions &
Assessment
Methods
*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State. 15MN45P Page 4
Note: 1. I.A. test shall be conducted as per SEE scheme of valuation. However obtained
marks shall be reduced to 10 marks. Average marks of two tests shall be rounded off to
the next higher digit.
2. Rubrics to be devised appropriately by the concerned faculty to assess Student activities.
🎯Task work/ Assignments work/ Mini-Project work
The topic of the project will be decided by the faculty and care should be taken that task
should not be repeated among students the students will work in an individual or group of
3 – 5 on each topic.
The topic should be related to the subject taught by the faculty and should have proper
utility and importance to enhance his practical skill & knowledge and lifelong learning.
Few suggested activities:
Perform Theodolite traverses survey by closed traversing and open traversing
method and plot it.
Calculate latitude and departure of closed traversing survey.
Measure the area of a closed traverse.
Check accuracy of close traversing and balancing by Bowditch rule & transit rule.
Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational
components (Bloom’s taxonomy) such as:
Sl. No Bloom’s Category % Weightage Weightage
1 Remembering &Understanding 40
2 Applying the knowledge acquired from the course 30
3 Analysis 25
4 Evaluation& Creating new knowledge 05
MODEL QUESTION BANK
Measure the horizontal angle between the points shown in the field by repetition
method using theodolite.
Measure the horizontal angle between the points shown in the field angle by
reiteration method using theodolite.
Measure the vertical angle between the points shown by using theodolite.
Determine the horizontal distance between two inaccessible points using
theodolite.
Conduct a closed traverse by using theodolite of a given area and balancing it by
(i) Bow ditch's Rule
(ii) Transit Rule
Conduct the closed traverse using theodolite, plot it by rectangular co-ordinates
and find its area.
Carryout the triangulation survey of a field shown by the competent authority and
plot it.
Determine the height of an object shown in the field whose base is accessible
Determine the Stadia Constants of a given tacheometer
Determine the Horizontal distance and Elevation, with staff held Vertical by
Stadia method
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka State. 15MN45P Page 5
(i)Line of sight horizontal
(ii)Line of sight inclined
Determine Horizontal distance and Elevation with staff held Vertical by
Tangential method (All Three cases)
Measure the Horizontal and vertical angles using Total Stations
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka. 15MN46P Page 1
Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bangalore
Prerequisites: Enthusiasm to Explore New things by taking individual tasks and acquires
skills from participating in group activities.
Course Objectives:
Overall professional development of diploma mechanical engineers is the need of the day for
enabling them to sustain in competitive global environment. Professional development of
Diploma engineering students is to be done by exposing them to various simulative situations
in the industries. This can be achieved by inculcating attitude to face the problems, get
alternative solutions and validation of the selected alternatives. This is achieved by involving
students in activities such as inviting experts from various industries for sharing their
experiences, arranging industrial visits, seminars etc.
On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
Course Outcome CL Activitie
s linked
Linked
PO
Teachi
ng Hrs
CO1
Ability to acquire knowledge of contemporary
issues and relate the advancements in
Electronics & Communication engineering
domain in a global, economic, environmental,
and societal context.
R/U/A UNIT-1 1,2,4,5,6,7
,8,9,10 15
CO2
Aware of current Electronics &
Communication engineering professional
practice issues and has an appreciation of the
broader in global, societal, economic, and
environmental aspects.
R/U/A UNIT-2 1,2,4,5,6,7
,8,9,10 15
CO3
Analyze the current situations, discuss &
disseminate about advancements in related
profession including societal, environmental
and ethical responsibilities of an engineer.
R/U/A UNIT-3 1,2,4,5,6,7
,8,9,10 15
CO4
Develop individual confidence to handle
various engineering assignments and expose
themselves to acquire life skills to meet societal
challenges
R/U/A UNIT-4 1,2,4,5,6,7
,8,9,10 15
CO5
Enhancing the employability skills and to
increase his ability to engage in, life-long
learning, Usage of modern tools by
undergoing industrial visits
R/U/A UNIT-5 1,2,4,5,6,7
,8,9,10 18
Total sessions 78
Course Title: PROFESSIONAL PRACTICES
Scheme (L:T:P) : 0:2:4 Total Contact Hours: 78 Course Code:
15MN46P
Type of Course: Assignment
Group talk and practice Credit :03
Core/ Elective:
Core(practice)
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka. 15MN46P Page 2
Course-Po Attainment Matrix
Course
Programme Outcomes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Professional
Practices 3 3 -- 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed. Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO. If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2 If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed
1. Information Search and Data collection: 15HRS Information collected during the vocational training after second semester can be used.
OR
Information search can be done through manufacturer’s catalogue, websites, magazines;
books etc.
Following topics are suggested.
1. Hoisting systems in underground mine
2. Haulages and transport system in underground/opencast mine
3. Signalling systems in underground mines
4. Ventilation related instruments used in mines
5. Air conditioning systems in underground mine
6. Drilling machines used in mines
7. Drilling patterns used in mines
8. Explosives and blasting practices in mines.
9. Developmental opening in mines
10. Stoping operations in underground mines
11. Excavators
12. Dust control measures
13. Geology of the area
14. Coal face machineries
15. Mine supports
16. Ore bins and types
17. Miner’s diseases
18. Rescue and recovery
19. Formation of mineral deposits
20. Winders and braking systems
21. Mine pumps
22. Safety devices on winders
23. Mineral beneficiation methods
24. Stowing operations
25. Sampling and assaying
26. Mine surveying
27. Mine fires 28. Industrial safety
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka. 15MN46P Page 3
29. Water pollution
30. Maintenance procedure for solar equipment. 31. Air pollution 32. Fire fighting equipments 33. Industrial Effluent treatment 34. Low cost automation
Method for conducting Graded activities
1. The student should individually select the topic, and search the information related to
topic.
2. The report is strictly hand written document to have knowledge of precise writing
and report making based on data collection
3. Carry out class room presentation.
2. Guest Lecturers: To be organized from any two of the following areas 15 HRS Experts / Professionals from different field/industries are invited to deliver lectures at least
TWO sessions in a semester. The topics may be selected by the teacher /industry expert to
develop required skills.
Note: The ISTE student chapter/CCTEK/ Institute of engineers (Institute chapter)/ student
clubs of polytechnic may be used as platform to conduct this activity.
1. Pollution control.
2. Automation in Mining.
3. Safety Precautions and First aids.
4. Quality Management.
5. Career opportunities.
6. Yoga Meditation.
7. Aids awareness and health awareness.
8. Environment awareness.
9. Nonferrous Metals and alloys for engineering applications.
10. Industrial hygiene.
11. Composite Materials.
12. Ceramics.
13. Safety Engineering and Waste elimination.
14. Interview Techniques.
15. Operational Research techniques in Mining.
16. Exhaust gas analysis.
17. Monitoring system of machineries in Mining.
18. Environmental pollution & control techniques.
19. Conveyors Protection.
20. Earth moving machineries.
21. Ventilation analysis in Mines
22. Fire Fighting Techniques in Mines.
23. TQM
24. Expert systems
Method for conducting Guest lectures
1. The teacher/ISTE student chapter convener should fix up the date for guest lecture.
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka. 15MN46P Page 4
2. The HOD of the department should chair the event.
3. The students of class allowed to participate in the session.
4. Watch the talk and make the brief hand written report on the guest lecture delivered
by each student as a part of Term work.
5. Make Audio/visual record of the guest lecture by using any smart devices.
6. Opportunity should be provided for students for live Interaction with experts and
record it on any one smart device.
3. Group Discussion: (One topic) 15HRS The students shall discuss in group of six students .Some of the suggested topics are
1. Polythene bags must be banned!
2. Do we really need smart cities?
3. E – Books or Printed books – what's your choice?
4. Is Face book for the attention – seeking and lazy people?
5. Globalization and its impact on Indian Culture.
6. Analytically evaluate the solutions to traffic problems
7. Global warming is caused more by developed countries
8. Rain forests help in maintaining the earth’s ecosystem
9. Reservation for women would help the society
10. How to deal with terrorism
11. Water resources should be nationalized
12. Daughters are more caring than sons
13. NGOs - Do they serve people's interests?
14. Managers are born, not trained
15. Managerial skills learnt in the classroom
16. Women are good managers
17. India's growth rate is bridging gap between rich and poor.
18. Nuclear power is a safe source of energy
19. Electronic media vs. print media
20. Corruption is the price we pay for democracy
21. Multinational corporations: Are they devils in disguise?
22. Advertising is a waste of resources.
23. Privatization will lead to less corruption.
24. China market - a threat to Indian market
25. Technology Creates Income Disparities
26. India should be reorganized into smaller states.
27. Rising petrol prices - Govt. can control?
28. Smaller businesses and start-ups have more scope
29. Developing countries need trade, not aid.
30. Business and Ethics do not go together
31. Performance based bonuses for government employees should be welcomed
32. Depreciation of Indian Rupee has only negative impact on the economy
33. Gold: Best investment or a bursting bubble?
34. Freedom of press should exist
35. India needs a strong dictator
36. Media is a mixed blessing/How ethical is media?
37. Computer viruses are good
38. India should practice "Swadeshi"
39. The government should stop funding IIT's and IIM's
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka. 15MN46P Page 5
40. Food Bill - Is it really something India needs?
41. Will India really be the superpower of 21st century?
42. Quality is a myth in India.
43. China - A threat to India?
44. Indian villages - our strength or our weakness?
45. Mobile phones - requirement of the day.
46. Cursing the weather is bad farming
47. If you want peace, prepare for war
48. Education is a progressive way of discovering your ignorance.
49. Beauty contests degrade womanhood
50. If you are not a part of the solution, you are part of the problem
51. Examinations - has it killed education?
52. The medium of teaching in schools should be English
53. A room without books is like a body without soul.
54. Educated Indians lack national commitment.
55. E-Learning is good for the education system and society
Methodology for conducting Group discussion/Seminar
1. The teacher will allot a topic for a group of six students
2. The teacher should give an introductory talk on Ways and rules to carry out group
discussion
3. The students should ask to show interest with others and work effectively with them
to meet common objective. The teacher should provide tips to accept feedback in a
constructive and considerate way and how to handle frustrations in group, while
discussion.
4. The placement officer and any other senior faculty of the institute/ HOD of other
department should be invited and they should act as observing members, apart from
teacher
5. The teacher should fix up the time duration for initiating and conducting the activity
6. Documentation to be produced for validation
Hand written document on minutes of discussion, description of the topic
discussed.
Record the few minutes of discussion by smart device.
4. Individual Assignments and Life skills 15HRS
The students will perform ANY ONE of the following activities individually (other similar
activities may be considered) in both the sections
A. Individual assignments
1. Collecting Failure data for mine machineries / equipment.
2. Study of Hydraulic system for any one application like – dumpers, Earth moving
equipment.
3. Prepare a trouble shooting chart for any conveyor system and suggest remedial
measures to avoid failures
4. Collecting information on Dimensional stone cutting technologies
5. Study of crushers and screening plants.
6. Study of control of ground vibration and fly rock in blasting.
7. Study of tunnel boring machine
8. Environmental impact assessment on mining.
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka. 15MN46P Page 6
B. Life skills
1. Conduct aptitude, general knowledge test, IQ test, Solve Puzzles.
2. Set the goal for personal development.
3. Develop good habits to overcome stress.
Methodology for conducting activity
1. The teacher will assign a topic for individual student; give sufficient time to complete
the task. Ask the student to submit an hand written report
2. The teacher should conduct any one specified life skill activity with local NGO/
placement cell/ISTE student chapter/CCTEK/ NSS unit of the institute. The student
should present his/her experiences in a class and make report.
5. Industrial Visits 18HRS
Structured industrial visits be arranged and report of the same shall be submitted by the individual
student, to form a part of the term work. Following are the suggested types of Industries/ Fields.
Note: One Industrial visit is arranged per practical batch of students.
1. Mine Air conditioning plant.
2. Underground metalliferous mine
3. Underground coal mine
4. Opencast mine.
5. Granite quarry
6. Dimensional stone quarrying
7. Granite cutting and polishing industries.
8. Explosive manufacturing units
9. State transport depot/workshops
10. Hydro electric and Thermal power plants.
11. Heavy earth moving (mining) industries.
12. Forest department.
13. Ground water department
14. Pollution control Board.
15. Mineral processing units.
Methodology
1. The subject teacher(s) have liberty to select nearby organization/industry of local vicinity
with prior approval of principal of the institute
2. Arrange the nearby visit and Prepare a word processing report of the visit including
details observations made, Details of visit should be mentioned with date , place etc
Course Delivery:
The course will be delivered through discussions and activities
Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme:
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka. 15MN46P Page 7
What To whom When/Where
(Frequency in
the course)
Max
Marks
Evidence
collected
Course
outcomes D
irect
Ass
ess
men
t
met
h
CIE IA Students Each activities
@5 marks each
25 Report 1,2,3,4,5
End of the
course
50 Answer scripts
at BTE
1,2,3,4,5
Ind
irec
t
Ass
essm
en
t
Student Feedback
on course
Students Middle of the
course
Feedback forms 1,2,3 Delivery
of course
End of Course
Survey
End of the
course
Questionnaires 1,2,3,
Effectiveness
of Delivery of
instructions &
Assessment
Methods
Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational components (Bloom’s taxonomy) such
as:
Sl. No Bloom’s Category % Weightage
Weightage 1 Understanding 30
2 Applying the knowledge acquired from
the course
25
3 Analysis 30
4 Evaluation& Creating new knowledge 15
Note to IA verifier: The following documents to be verified by CIE verifier at the end of
semester
1. Student activities report for25 marks
2. Student feedback on course regarding Effectiveness of Delivery of instructions &
Assessment Methods.
For end examination:
1. Note for examiners : The records of the activities should be preserved in the
department for minimum three years and the examiner should verify these records to
prevent duplication of the activity.
Scheme of Valuation for End Examination
Directorate of Technical Education, Karnataka. 15MN46P Page 8
Serial no Description Marks
1 Report on Information Search and Data collection 10
2 Document on Guest Lecturer by experts 10
3 Recording of Group discussions made by any smart devices 10
4 Report on Individual assignment/ Life skill activity recorded 10
5 Report on Industrial visit 10
TOTAL 50
MODEL QUESTION PAPER
- Semester Diploma Examination
Course Title: PROFESSIONAL PRACTICES
Time: 3 Hours] [Max Marks: 50
1. Write brief note on information searched and data collected activity 10marks
2. Give brief explanation about knowledge acquired by you during
the guest lecture 10 marks
3. Write the conclusion of the topic given for the group discussion 10 marks
4. Write brief note on individual assignment performed and
information gathered and data collected activity 10marks
5. Write the sequence of processing followed in the industry/work shop
You have visited 10 marks
Note: The marks should be awarded on the basis of Reports/Documents submitted by the
student
vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ÀPÁðgÀ Page 1
4£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï-PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°-2 (PÀ£ÀßqÉÃvÀgÀjUÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ)
4th Semester
Course: Kannada Kali-2
Course Code:15KA4NT (2016-17)
No. of Credits:02 No. of teaching hours/week:02 No. of teaching hours/Semester:26
Mode of Assessment and Evaluation: Semester End Examination (SEE)only. No CIE.
Maximum Marks: 50 (SEE only) Minimum Passing marks:20
GzÉÝñÀ:
1. PÉüÀĪÀÅzÀÄ, UÀ滸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ, ¤gÀUÀð¼ÀªÁV ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÀàµÀÖªÁV NzÀĪÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀ (C©üªÀåQÛ ÀĪÀ) ¸ÁªÀÄxÀåðªÀ£ÀÄß ¨É¼É¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
2. eÁÕ£Ádð£É, ¸Á»vÁå©ügÀÄa, aAvÀ£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ D£ÀAzÀPÁÌV ¸ÀévÀAvÀæªÁV NzÀ®Ä, §gÉAiÀÄ®Ä ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀ®Ä ¸ÀªÀÄxÀðgÁUÀĪÀAvÉ ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
3. ¥ÀzÀ ¸ÀA¥ÀvÀÛ£ÀÄß ºÉaѹPÉÆAqÀÄ ¸ÀàµÀÖ GZÁÑgÀuÉAiÉÆqÀ£É °TvÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiËTPÀ ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ªÀiÁr¹, ¸ÀévÀAvÀæªÁV sÁµÉAiÀÄ §¼ÀPÉ ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
4. £ÁqÀÄ-£ÀÄr, ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸Á»vÀåUÀ¼À ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ DwäAiÀÄ sÁªÁ©üªÀiÁ£ÀªÀ£ÀÄß ¨É¼É¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ. 5. QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ½AzÀ sÁµÁ P˱À®åzÀ ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀ ªÀiÁr¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ./PÀ°¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
(QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ ZÀlĪÀnPÉ JAzÀgÉ, ªÀtðªÀiÁ¯É ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ, ªÁåPÀgÀtzÀ ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ, UÀÄtÂvÁPÀëgÀ, ¸ÀAAiÀÄÄPÁÛPÀëgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, £ÁªÀÄ¥ÀzÀ, °AUÀ, ªÀZÀ£À, ¥ÀævÀåAiÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ, ªÁPÀågÀZÀ£É (PÀvÀÈ, PÀªÀÄð, QæAiÀiÁ¥ÀzÀ) EvÁå¢). Course outcome: 1. Developing listening and speaking skills. 2. Easy Interaction with peers. 3. Students can use the language at ease in daily life situations
¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¨sÁµÁ P˱À®å (PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°-¥ÀoÀå¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ -²æà °AUÀzÉêÀgÀÄ ºÀ¼ÉêÀÄ£É – PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦ ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À)
sÁUÀ-2
¥ÁoÀUÀ¼À PÀæªÀiÁAPÀ Lesson
No
¥ÀoÀåªÀ ÀÄÛ«£À «ªÀgÀ - Curriculum Content
¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï ¨ÉÆÃzsÀ£À DªÀ¢ü Total no.of Classes /Sem
Part-I 11 Plan to go for a movie. Comparative, non-past
tense, instrumental and ablative case 02
12 Conversation between Doctor & Patient. Potential forms, accusative case.
02
13 Enquiring about friend’s family 02
vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ÀPÁðgÀ Page 2
Past tense –d, and –t- and –id-, negation. 14 Conversation between friends – Past tense –k – T – D
and –id-v negation verbal noun 02
15 Routine activities of a Student. 01 16 About children’s education.
Continuous, Perfect tenses and negations. 02
17 Halebidu - Belur Relative participle, negation and Participle nouns.
02
18 Discussing about Examination and future plan- conditional and negative conditions.
03
19 Karnataka (Lesson for reading)(reading skill) 03 20 bEku bEDagaLu (Lesson for reading ( Reading skill) 03
Part-II
Kannada Scripts 03
ECA-word/sentence formation/letter/small essay writing
01
MlÄÖ UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 26
¸ÀÆZÀ£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ: ªÉÄð£À ¥ÁoÀUÀ¼À ¥ÀÄ£ÀgÁªÀwðvÀ sÁUÀUÀ½UÉ §zÀ¯ÁV “QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ ZÀlĪÀnPÉ”¬ÄAzÀ UÀ½¸ÀĪÀ CPÀëgÀ eÁÕ£À
¢AzÀ ¥ÀzÀ ¸ÀA¥ÀvÀÄÛ ºÉaѹ, ¥ÀzÀUÀ½AzÀ ¸ÀéAvÀ ªÁPÀåUÀ¼À gÀZÀ£É ªÀiÁr¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ. (CªÀÄä, ªÉƨÉʯï, PÀ£ÀßqÀ sÁµÉ, PÀ«UÀ¼ÀÄ, £ÁlPÀ, d£À¥ÀzÀ PÀ¯É, £Ár£À ¥Àæ¹zÀÞ ªÀåQÛUÀ¼ÀÄ, ¸ÀºÉÆÃzÀgÀ, ¸ÉßûvÀ, vÀgÀPÁj, zÉÆøÉ, wAr, ¤zÉÝ, ©¹, ZÀ½, DPÁ±À, NzÀÄ, EvÁå¢ ¤vÀå §¼ÀPÉAiÀÄ ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¥ÀzÀUÀ½AzÀ ªÁPÀågÀZÀ£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 25-50 ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À QgÀÄ ¥Àæ§AzÀ gÀÆ¥ÀzÀ ¯ÉÃR£À gÀZÀ£É).
¸ÀA¸ÉÜAiÀÄ ¥ÁæZÁAiÀÄðjUÉ «zÁåyðAiÀÄ ªÀÄ£À« ¥ÀvÀæ, PÀÄAzÀÄPÉÆgÀvÉUÀ¼À §UÉÎ ¸ÀA§A¢ü¹zÀªÀjUÉ ¥ÀvÀæ, ¸ÉßûvÀjUÉ ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ, ¸ÀgÀ¼ÀªÁV AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉà ¸ÁªÀiÁ£Àå «µÀAiÀÄUÀ¼À §UÉÎ ¥ÀvÀæ¯ÉÃR£À. (6-10 ªÁPÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ).
DPÀgÀ UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: 1. PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°-²æà °AUÀzÉêÀgÀÄ ºÀ¼ÉêÀÄ£É – PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦. 2. ¥ÁæxÀ«ÄPÀ ±Á¯ÉAiÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀå¥ÀĸÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 3. ¸ÀgÀ¼À PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÁåPÀgÀt ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ- JA.« £ÁUÀgÁdgÁªï/EvÀgÉ ¯ÉÃRPÀgÀÄ. 4. ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀ ¥Àætw-¥ÀæxÀªÀÄ ¦AiÀÄĹ ¥ÀÆgÀPÀ ¥ÀoÀå. 5. ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¥ÀvÀæªÀåªÀºÁgÀzÀ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ
r¥ÉÆèêÀiÁ 4£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï-PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°-2 (PÀ£ÀßqÉÃvÀgÀjUÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ)
¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï CAwªÀÄ °TvÀ ¥ÀjÃPÉë
¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄ: 2 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ UÀjµÀ× CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ:50 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Fill in the blanks using the appropriate words.
2. Rewrite as directed.
3. Combine the following sentences.
4. Translate into Kannada. 5. Answer the following questions.
6. Fill in the blanks using the correct past tense forms of the verbs giving in the bracket.
vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ÀPÁðgÀ Page 3
7. Transform into negative.
8. Substitute and complete the sentence
9. Vocabulary (meanings of words) using formation of sentences (any five).
10. Questions from lessons 17 to 19. (Out of 6 questions, answer any 3 questions). 11. Scripts- consonants form- +vowel (10 types) 12. Conversation & other questions. (KK-Exercises)
ªÀiÁzÀj ¥Àæ±ÉߥÀwæPÉ:
r¥ÉÆèêÀiÁ 4£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï-PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°-2 (PÀ£ÀßqÉÃvÀgÀjUÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ)
¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï CAwªÀÄ °TvÀ ¥ÀjÃPÉë ¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄ: 2 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ UÀjµÀ× CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ:50
I. (a) Fill in the blank using the correct past tense forms of the verbs given in the bracket. 3+2 =05 1.CªÀgÀÄ ¤£Éß Hj¤AzÀ .............. (¨Á) 2. CªÀ¼ÀÄ MAzÀÄ ºÉtÄÚ ªÀÄUÀÄ ......................... (ºÉgÀÄ) 3.£Á£ÀÄ ¤£ÀUÁV vÀÄA¨Á ºÉÆvÀÄÛ................ (PÁAiÀÄÄ)
(b) Fill in the blank using the correct verbal participle forms of the verbs given in the bracket. 1.D ºÀÄqÀÄV ªÀÄ£É ................................ ºÉÆÃzÀ¼ÀÄ. (©qÀÄ) 2. CªÀ£ÀÄ EªÀvÀÛ Hj¤AzÀ..............£Á¼É §gÀÄvÁÛ£É. (ºÉÆgÀqÀÄ)
II. Give the negative forms of the following sentence. (Any Five) 1X5=05
C) ¤ÃªÀÅ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ PÉÆr.
D) ¤ÃªÀÅ ¹UÀgÉÃmï ¸ÉÃzÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
E) CªÀgÀÄ £À£ÀUÉ ZÉ£ÁßV UÉÆvÀÄÛ.
F) CªÀgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ZÉ£ÁßV PÀ°vÀgÀÄ.
G) CªÀ¼ÀÄ vÀ¯É ¨ÁaPÉÆAqÀÄ §AzÀ¼ÀÄ.
H) CªÀ¤UÉ ¥sÉÆÃ£ï §A¢zÉ.
J) gÀ« ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ªÀÄ®VvÁð£É.
III. Translate into KANNADA. (Any Five) 2X5=10
1) Who will come with you? 2) Today Ms. Kamala will go to her native place. 3) You must drink butter milk daily. 4) Please, don’t talk to me.
vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ÀPÁðgÀ Page 4
5) How much advance money did you pay for the hostel? 6) How many of you are learning Kannada seriously? 7) If I get good marks in diploma, I will get admission for BE program. 8) At what time today you will be available in the hostel?.
IV. Vocabulary.
(a) Write English equivalents of the Kannada words. (Any five) 1X5=05
1. DUÀ¸À 2. ±ÉÊ° 3. C£ÀĪÀiÁ£À 4.¥ÀjÃPÉë 5.eÁw 6.£ÉʸÀVðPÀ 7.ªÀÄvÀ 8. ªÁtÂdå
(b) Write Kannada equivalents of the English words. (Any five) 1X5=05
1. Wealth 2. Religion 3. Memory 4.fear 5.Environment 6. Primary 7. Mistakes 8. Tall
VI. Conversation:
F PɼÀV£À C¥ÀÆtð ¸ÀA sÁµÀuÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß DªÀgÀtzÀ°è (bracket) ¤ÃrgÀĪÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß CxÀðªÀiÁrPÉÆAqÀÄ ¥ÀÆwð ªÀiÁr. -05
gÁdÄ: ¤£ÀUÉ ¤£Éß ªÉÆúÀ£ï ¹PÀÌ£Á? gÁªÀÄÄ: ............................. negative) ¤£ÀUÉ ¹PÀÌ£Á? gÁdÄ ..................... (Positive) ºËzÀÄ, ¤ªÀÄä£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÀĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ ºÉÆÃUÀÄwÛä CAvÀ ºÉýzÀ. gÁªÀÄÄ: ................. (Enquiring about meeting him) gÁdÄ: CªÀ£ÀÄ PÉ® À ©lÖ£ÀAvÉ. gÁªÀÄÄ: ................................... (Questioning) gÁdÄ: ....................................(Answer).
VII.Transform the following sentences as per direction. (Any Five) 1X5=05
1. ªÀÄPÀ̼ÀÄ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ°è Dl CqÁÛ (into present continuous) EzÀݪÀÅ. 2. ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ vÀgÀUÀwAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀĪÀÄä£É (into present continuous) £ÀUÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÄ. 3. D ºÉAUÀ¸ÀgÀÄ dUÀ¼À DqÁÛ EzÁÝgÉ. (into past continuous) 4. vÀgÀPÁj PÀrªÉÄ ¨É¯ÉUÉ ¹UÁÛ EzÉ. (into past continuous) 5. CªÀ£ÀÄ ¢£Á E°èUÉ §vÁð£É. (into habitual) 6. E°è §¸ÀÄìUÀ¼ÀÄ vÀÄA¨Á NqÁqÀÛ (into habitual) EªÉ. 7. DAzsÀæ¥ÀæzÉñÀ¢AzÀ §A¢zÀÝ «zÁåyðUÀ¼ÀÄ J°èzÁÝgÉ?(into present perfect)
VIII.Write the Kannada alphabet in the traditional order. 05
OR ºÀ¼ÉéÃqÀÄ ¨ÉîÆj¤AzÀ JµÀÄÖ zÀÆgÀzÀ°èzÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ AiÀiÁªÀ f¯ÉèAiÀÄ°èzÉ? E°è£À zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ K£ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CªÀÅUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀnÖ¹zÀªÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ?
IX. Combine the following: (Any One) 1X1=01
vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ÀPÁðgÀ Page 5
(A) 1) ªÀÄ£É + EAzÀ = 2) ªÀiï + O =
(B) Combine the following sentence using verbal participle form. (Any One) 1X1=01
C) ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ zÀÄqÀÄØ PÉÆlÖgÀÄ. ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ ¸ÀPÀð¸ï £ÉÆÃrzÀgÀÄ. D) £Á£ÀÄ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÉÝ. £Á£ÀÄ JA.J. N¢zÉ.
(B) Frame meaningful small sentences with using words given given below:(Any Three) -1X3=03. C) ªÀÄgÀ D) ¥sÀ® E) HgÀÄ F) ¥ÉÃ¥Àgï G) EªÀgÀÄ H) ªÀÄ£É J) ±Á¯É
PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ gÀZÀ£Á ¸À«Äw
¸ÀA¥ÁzÀQÃAiÀÄ ¸À«Äw:
1. ²æà n J¯ï gÀ«ÃAzÀæ, G¥À£Áå ÀPÀgÀÄ, ÀPÁðj f.Dgï.L.¹.¦ ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. 2. ²æà n. wªÀÄä¥Àà, G¥À£Áå ÀPÀgÀÄ(DAiÉÄÌ ±ÉæÃtÂ), AiÀiÁAwæPÀ « sÁUÀ, ÀPÁðj ¥Á°mÉQßPï,
vÀĪÀÄPÀÆgÀÄ.
¸À®ºÁ ¸À«ÄwAiÀÄ ¨ÁºÀå ¸ÀA¥À£ÀÆä® ªÀåQÛUÀ¼ÀÄ.
1. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) r. ¥ÁAqÀÄgÀAUÀ ¨Á§Ä, PÀÄ®¸ÀaªÀgÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦. 2. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) C±ÉÆÃPï PÀĪÀiÁgï gÀAdgÉ, ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¥Àæ¸ÁgÁAUÀ «¨sÁUÀ,
PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦. 3. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) PÉ ªÉÊ £ÁgÁAiÀÄt ¸Áé«Ä, ¸ÀºÀ ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¸ÁßvÀPÉÆÃvÀÛgÀ « sÁUÀ,
¸ÀPÁðj PÀ¯Á PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. 4. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) eÉ ¨Á®PÀȵÀÚ, ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ ºÁUÀÄ ªÀÄÄRå¸ÀÜgÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ sÁµÁ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À « sÁUÀ,
PÀȶ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, (fPÉ«PÉ) ºÉ¨Áâ¼À, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.
vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ r¥ÉÆèªÀiÁ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ Page 1
KARNATAKA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION, BENGALURU. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME FOR KANNADA COURSE IN DIPLOMA PROGRAME
SEMESTER: III COMMON TO ALL DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES C-15 Curriculum SL.N0
COURSE NAME
Teac
hing
De
part
men
t
COURSE /QP CODE
Teaching scheme Examination scheme Contact hours
TH TU PR TOTAL Credit Exam paper duration in Hrs
End exam Maximum CIE Marks (IA+SA )
Minimum Marks for passing. (IA + SA)
Max marks
Min marks
THEORY 1 KANNADA KALI-1
KA 15KA3NT 2 - - 2 2 - - - 50 20
2 TANTRIKA KANNADA -1
KA 15KA3KT 2 - - 2 2 - - - 50 20
CIE- Continuous Internal Examination: SEE-Semester End Examination: IA-Internal Assessment Tests: SA- Student Activity.
Note: 1. Candidates studied Kannada as one subject in 10th standard shall take Tantrika Kannada 1 &2. Others may take “Kannada Kali-1&2”. 2. In 3rd Semester- Assessment is only by CIE and no SEE. Average marks of three I A tests shall be rounded off to the next higher digit. Rubrics to be devised appropriately to assess student activity.
KARNATAKA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION, BENGALURU. TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME FOR KANNADA COURSE IN DIPLOMA PROGRAME
SEMESTER: IV COMMON TO ALL DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES C-15 Curriculum SL.N0
COURSE NAME
Teac
hing
De
part
men
t
COURSE /QP CODE
Teaching scheme Examination scheme Contact hours
TH TU PR TOTAL Credit Exam paper duration in Hrs
Sem End Exam Maximum CIE Marks (IA+SA )
Minimum Marks for passing. (IA + SA)
Max Exam Marks
Min Passing Marks
THEORY 1 KANNADA KALI-2
KA 15KA4NT 2 - - 2 2 2 50 20 - -
2 TANTRIKA KANNADA -2
KA 15KA4KT 2 - - 2 2 2 50 20 - -
CIE- Continuous Internal Examination: SEE-Semester End Examination: IA-Internal Assessment Tests: SA- Student Activity.
Note: In 4th Semester- Assessment is only by SEE and no CIE. To award diploma certificate, passing in Kannada course is mandatory. However Kannada course is not included in the eligibility criteria for promotion to the higher semester.
vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ÀPÁðgÀ Page 1
r¥ÉÆèêÀiÁ-vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ-2 ( PÀ£ÀßqÀ §®èªÀjUÁV)
4£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï - vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ -2 ( ¸Á»vÀå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¨sÁµÁ P˱À®å ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀ) ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ
4th Semester
Course: vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ -2
Course Code:15KA4KT (2016-17)
No. of Credits:02 No. of teaching hours/week:02 No. of teaching hours/Semester:26
Mode of Assessment and Evaluation: Semester End Examination (SEE)only. No CIE.
Maximum Marks: 50 (SEE only) Minimum Passing marks:20
¥ÀoÀå ¥ÀæPÁgÀ ¥ÁoÀ ¥ÀoÀåzÀ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ/¯ÉÃRPÀgÀÄ/¥ÀæPÀluÉ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï ¨ÉÆÃzsÀ£ÁªÀ¢ü UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ
PÁªÀå ªÀÄAdj-(§zÀÄPÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiÁ£ÀªÀvÉ)
1 (PÁªÀå UÀÄZÀÒUÀ¼ÀÄ) (1) £À£Àß ºÀtvÉ-qÁ:f.J¸ï.J¸ï. (2) ªÀÄAPÀÄ wªÀÄä£À PÀUÀÎ-r.«.f
02
¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw 2 C¯ÉPÁìAqÀgï£À UÀÄgÀÄzÀQëuÉ-ªÀiÁ¹Û ªÉAPÀmÉñÀ CAiÀÄåAUÁgï 02 ¥Àj¸ÀgÀ/¸ÁºÀ¸À 3 ªÉÊ£Ár£À £ÀgÀ sÀPÀëPÀgÀÄ - ¥ÀÆtðZÀAzÀæ vÉÃd¹é 02 QæÃqÉ/PÀ¯É 4 f.Dgï.«±Àé£Áxï-qÁ: PÉ.¥ÀÄlÖ¸Áé«Ä 02 vÀAvÀæeÁÕ£À 5 ªÀiÁ»w vÀAvÀæeÁÕ£À-MAzÀÄ ¸ÀÆÜ® £ÉÆÃl-f.J£ï.£ÀgÀ¹ABªÀÄÆwð 02 AiÀıÉÆÃUÁxÉ/ªÀåQÛavÀæt 6 qÁ:«±ÉéñÀégÀAiÀÄå-ªÀåQÛ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ LwºÀå - J.J£ï.ªÀÄÆwðgÁªï 02 sÁµÁ P˱À®å-
ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 7 °TvÀ C©üªÀåQÛ: ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼À gÀZÀ£É-ªÁåSÉå: ¥ÀvÀæzÀ ¨sÁµÉ, ±ÉÊ°, £ÀªÀÄÆ£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ
(1) ªÉÊAiÀÄQÛPÀ ¥ÀvÀæ (¥ÀæªÁ¸À/PÉÆÃjPÉ.(ªÀÄ£À«/DwäAiÀÄjUÉ §gÉAiÀÄĪÀ ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ)..) (2) ¥ÀvÀæ ªÀåªÀºÁgÀ (ªÁtÂdå ¸ÀA¸ÉÜUÀ½UÉ §gÉAiÀÄĪÀ/¥ÀævÀÄåvÀÛgÀ ¥ÀqÉAiÀÄĪÀ, ¨ÁåAPïUÀ½UÉ/¸ÀPÁðj PÀZÉÃjUÀ½UÉ §gÉAiÀÄĪÀ ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ....)-ªÀiÁzÀjUÀ¼ÀÄ (3) C sÀåxÀð£À ¥ÀvÀæ (ºÀÄzÉÝUÉ Cfð) -1-2 £ÀªÀÄÆ£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ-4-5 ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ¼ÀÄ (4) NzÀÄUÀgÀ « sÁUÀPÉÌ ¥ÀwæPÁ ¸ÀA¥ÁzÀPÀjUÉ §gÉAiÀÄĪÀ ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ 1 £ÀªÀÄÆ£É-3-4 «µÀAiÀÄUÀ¼À ªÉÄÃ¯É ¥ÀvÀæ §gɸÀĪÀÅzÀÄ.
06
8 ¸ÀAQë¥ÀÛ ¯ÉÃR£À (¸ÁgÁA±À ¯ÉÃR£À) 02 9 ªÀiËTPÀ C©üªÀåQÛ> ZÀZÁð ¸ÀàzsÉð/PÀÆl- sÁµÀt-D±ÀĨsÁµÀt -PÁAiÀÄðPÀæªÀÄ
¤gÀÆ¥ÀuÉ ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÀÄ. 06
MlÄÖ CªÀ¢ü 26 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ
vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ÀPÁðgÀ Page 2
r¥ÉÆèêÀiÁ 4£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï (PÀ£ÀßqÀ§®è «zÁåyðUÀ½UÉ) vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ-2
¥Àj«r
¨sÁUÀ-1
PÁªÀå UÀÄZÀÒ 1. £À£Àß ºÀtvÉ-qÁ:f.J¸ï.²ªÀgÀÄzÀæ¥Àà 2. ªÀÄAPÀÄwªÀÄä£À PÀUÀÎ-r«f
UÀzÀå ¸Á»vÀå 3. C¯ÉPÁìAqÀgÀ£À UÀÄgÀÄzÀQëuÉ (¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw-PÀvÉ)-²æäªÁ¸À (ªÀiÁ¹Û) 4. ªÉÊ£Ár£À £ÀgÀ sÀPÀëPÀgÀÄ (¥Àj¸ÀgÀ-¸ÁºÀ¸À)-PÉ.¦.¥ÀÆ.vÉÃdì¹é 5. °lè ï ªÀiÁ¸ÀÖgï (QæÃqÉ/PÀ¯É)-qÁ.PÉ.¥ÀÄlÖ¸Áé«Ä 6. ªÀiÁ»w vÀAvÀæeÁÕ£À-f.J£ï.£ÀgÀ¹AºÀªÀÄÆwð 7. qÁ:«±ÉéñÀégÀAiÀÄå-ªÀåQÛ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ LwºÀå-J.J£ï.ªÀÄÆwðgÁªï
¨sÁUÀ-2 -¨sÁµÁ P˱À®å ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ
(1)§gÀºÀ gÀÆ¥ÀzÀ ¸ÀAªÀºÀ£À PÀ£ÀßqÀ-C©üªÀåQÛAiÀÄ ¸ÀégÀÆ¥À O¥ÀZÁjPÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ C£Ë¥ÀZÁjPÀ ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ (C) ¥ÀvÀæªÀåªÀºÁgÀ-ªÁåSÉå-«ªÀgÀuÉ (D) ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼À ªÀiÁzÀjUÀ¼ÀÄ 1. ªÁtÂdå ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ-ªÁåSÉå, PÉ®ªÀÅ «zsÀUÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 2. SÁ¸ÀV/ªÉÊAiÀÄQÛPÀ ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ 3. ¥ÀwæPÉUÀ½UÉ §gÉAiÀÄĪÀ (NzÀÄUÀgÀ)¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ 4. C¨sÀåxÀð£À ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ (2) ¸ÁgÁA±À ¯ÉÃR£À: ªÁåSÉå, GzÉÝñÀ, «zsÁ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ.
3 . ªÀiËTPÀ C©üªÀåQÛ ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ(vÀgÀUÀw ZÀlĪÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ)
1. «µÀAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ ¨sÁµÀtUÀ¼ÀÄ 2. D±ÀÄ sÁµÀt (gÀZÀ£ÁvÀäPÀ «µÀAiÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ) 3. ZÀZÉð ( «ZÁgÀ «¤ªÀÄAiÀÄ/¥ÀgÀ-«gÀÄzÀÞ ªÁzÀ ªÀÄAqÀ£É) 4. ¤gÀÆ¥ÀuÉ
vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ÀPÁðgÀ Page 3
Course outcome: 1. Developing listening and speaking skills. 2. Easy Interaction with peers. 3. Students can use the language at ease in daily life situations
r¥ÉÆèêÀiÁ £Á®Ì£Éà ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï (PÀ£ÀßqÀ «zÁåyðUÀ½UÉ)
vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ-2 ¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄ: 2.00 UÀAmÉ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: 50 I. PɼÀV£À AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉà LzÀÄ ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ 1-2 ¥ÀÆtð ªÁPÀåUÀ¼À°è GvÀÛj¹. 1X5=05 (1) ªÀiÁ»w vÀAvÀæeÁÕ£ÀzÀ ªÀiÁ»wAiÀÄ£ÀÄß £ÀµÀÖUÉƽ¸ÀĪÀ C¤µÀÖ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ? (2) ¢ªÁ£ï ¥ÀzÀ« §AzÁUÀ ¸Àgï.JA.«±ÉéñÀégÀAiÀÄå£ÀªÀgÀÄ vÀªÀÄä vÁ¬ÄUÉ ºÉýzÀ ªÀiÁvÉãÀÄ? (3) Cj¸ÁÖl¯ï AiÀiÁgÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CªÀgÀÄ C¯ÉPÁìAqÀgÀ¤UÉ K£ÁUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ? (4) ¸ÀÄvÉÆÛÃ¯É CxÀªÀ ¥Àj¥ÀvÀæ JAzÀgÉãÀÄ? (5) ¦ü¤Pïì JAzÀgÉãÀÄ? (6) ‘SÉqÁØ’ JAzÀgÉãÀÄ? (7) ¤gÀÆ¥ÀPÀgÉAzÀgÉ AiÀiÁgÀÄ?
II. PɼÀV£À AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉà ªÀÄÆgÀÄ ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ ¸ÀAQë¥ÀÛªÁV GvÀÛj¹. 5X3=15
(1) PÀ« “ºÀtvÉ ºÀZÀÄÑvÉÛÃ£É £Á£ÀÄ’ JAzÀÄ KPÉ ºÉüÀÄvÁÛgÉ? (2) QèAiÀiÁAvÀ¸À£À ¸ÁªÀÅ (3) PÁPÀ£ÀPÉÆÃmÉ PÁqÀÄ ºÉÃVzÉ? (4) CAvÀgÀeÁ®zÀ G¥ÀAiÉÆÃUÀUÀ¼ÀÄ. (5) C£Ë¥ÀZÁjPÀ C©üªÀåQÛ JAzÀgÉãÀÄ w½¹. (6) ZÀZÉð – ªÁåSÉå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ G¥ÀAiÉÆÃUÀzÀ §UÉÎ §gɬÄj.
III . F PɼÀV£À AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉà ªÀÄÆgÀÄ ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ «ªÀgÀuÁvÀäPÀ GvÀÛgÀ §gɬÄj. 10X3=30 (C) ºÀįÁèUÀÄ ¨ÉlÖzÀr...... PÀUÀÎzÀ°è ªÀÄ£ÀĵÀå K£ÁUÀ¨ÉÃPÉAzÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÀAVÃvÀ PÀ¯ÉAiÉÆAzÀÄ ¸Á»vÀå PÀ¯ÉAiÉÆAzÀÄ....” PÀUÀÎzÀ°è PÀ« EªÉ®è ªÀÄ£ÀĵÀå¤UÉ KPÉ ¨ÉÃPÉAzÀÄ ºÉüÀÄvÁÛgÉ? (D) CtÚ£À£ÀÄß PÁ¥ÁqÀ®Ä AiÉÄÃUÀ ªÀiÁrzÀ ¸ÁºÀ¸ÀªÀ£ÀÄß «ªÀj¹. (CxÀªÀ) CwAiÀiÁzÀ £ÀUÀjÃPÀgÀtPÁÌV PÁqÀÄUÀ¼À £Á±À¢AzÀ ¥Àj¸ÀgÀzÀ ªÉÄïÁUÀĪÀ ¥ÀjuÁªÀÄUÀ¼À §UÉÎ §gɬÄj. (E) ¤ÃªÀÅ PÁ¯ÉÃf¤AzÀ ºÉÆÃV§AzÀ ¥ÀæªÁ¸ÀzÀ C£ÀÄ sÀªÀ PÀÄjvÀÄ ¤ªÀÄä UɼÉAiÀÄjUÉ ¥ÀvÀæ §gɬÄj. (F) PɼÀV£À «µÀAiÀĪÀ£ÀÄß MAzÀÄ ¸ÀÆPÀÛ ²Ã¶ðPÉ ¸À»vÀ 30 ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À «ÄwAiÀÄ° è ¸ÀAPÉëÃ¥ÀUÉƽ¹. ¤Ã¯ÁA§gÀ ¢éÃ¥À. EzÉÆAzÀÄ ¸ÀÄAzÀgÀ ¢éÃ¥À. ¥ÀæªÁ¹UÀ½UÉ ¸ÀéUÀð¸ÀªÀiÁ£À ¢éÃ¥À. F ¢éÃ¥À »AzÀÆ ªÀĺÁ¸ÁUÀgÀzÀ zÀQëtQÌgÀĪÀ DgÀÄ ¢éÃ¥À ¸ÀªÀÄƺÀzÀ°è ªÀÄzsÀåzÀ°è ºÀÄtÂÚªÉÄ ZÀAzÀæ£ÀAvÉ PÀAUÉƽ¸ÀÄwÛgÀĪÀ zÉÆqÀØ ¢éÃ¥À. F ¢éÃ¥À MAzÀÄ ¨sÁUÀzÀ°è ºÀ¹gÀÄ ZÁzÀgÀ ºÁ¹zÀAvÉ ¸ÀªÀÄvÀmÁÖzÀ ºÀÄ®ÄèUÁªÀ®Ä. E£ÉÆßAzÀÄÀ ¥ÀPÀÌ §UɧUÉAiÀÄ ºÀtÄÚUÀ¼À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ºÀƪÀÅUÀ¼À VqÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CrPÉ, ªÀiÁªÀÅ, ªÉÄt¸ÀÄ, K®QÌ, ®ªÀAUÀzÀAvÀºÀ VqÀ-ªÀÄgÀUÀ½AzÀ PÀÆrzÉ.F ¢éÃ¥ÀzÀ ªÀÄzsÉå QjÃlzÀAvÉ £ÀªÀÄä GzÀPÀªÀÄAqÀ®zÀAwgÀĪÀ ºÀ¹j£À ¨ÉlÖ. ¤¸ÀUÀðzÀvÀÛ ºÀƪÀÅUÀ¼À VqÀUÀ½AzÀ ¥ÀĵÉÆÖÃzÁå£ÀzÀAwzÉ. ¥ÀæPÀÈwAiÉÄà ¤«Äð¹gÀĪÀ w½¤Ãj£À ¸ÀÄAzÀgÀ PÉƼÀ F ¨ÉlÖzÀ
vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðñÀ£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ÀPÁðgÀ Page 4
DPÀµÀðuÉAiÀiÁVzÉ. »ÃUÁV F ¢éÃ¥À ¥ÀæªÁ¹UÀjUÉ C¥ÁgÀ DPÀµÀðPÀ vÁtªÁVzÉ. E°è£À d£À ¸ÀºÀ ¸Ëd£Àå²Ã®gÀÄ. ¸Àȶ×AiÀÄ ±ÀÈAUÁgÀªÀ£Éß®è M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀ F ¢éÃ¥ÀzÀ ªÀÄÄRå PÀ¸ÀÄ§Ä PÀȶ, vÉÆÃlUÁjPÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀæªÁ¸ÉÆÃzÀåªÁVgÀĪÀÅzÀjAzÀ, EzÉÆAzÀÄ ²æêÀÄAvÀ ¢éÃ¥ÀªÁVzÉ. ********
PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ gÀZÀ£Á ºÁUÀÄ ¥ÀoÀå¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ ¸À«Äw
¸ÀA¥ÁzÀQÃAiÀÄ ¸À«Äw:
1. ²æà n J¯ï gÀ«ÃAzÀæ, G¥À£Áå¸ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¸ÀPÁðj f.Dgï.L.¹.¦ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. 2. ²æà n. wªÀÄä¥Àà, G¥À£Áå¸ÀPÀgÀÄ(DAiÉÄÌ ±ÉæÃtÂ), AiÀiÁAwæPÀ « sÁUÀ, ¸ÀPÁðj ¥Á°mÉQßPï, vÀĪÀÄPÀÆgÀÄ.
¸À®ºÁ ¸À«ÄwAiÀÄ ¨ÁºÀå ¸ÀA¥À£ÀÆä® ªÀåQÛUÀ¼ÀÄ.
1. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) r. ¥ÁAqÀÄgÀAUÀ ¨Á§Ä, PÀÄ®¸ÀaªÀgÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦. 2. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) C±ÉÆÃPï PÀĪÀiÁgï gÀAdgÉ, ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¥Àæ ÁgÁAUÀ «¨sÁUÀ,
PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦. 3. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) PÉ ªÉÊ £ÁgÁAiÀÄt ¸Áé«Ä, ÀºÀ ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¸ÁßvÀPÉÆÃvÀÛgÀ « sÁUÀ,
¸ÀPÁðj PÀ Á PÁ ÉÃdÄ, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. 4. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) eÉ ¨Á®PÀȵÀÚ, ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ ºÁUÀÄ ªÀÄÄRå¸ÀÜgÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ sÁµÁ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À « sÁUÀ,
PÀȶ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, (fPÉ«PÉ) ºÉ Áâ¼À, ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.
Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 1
PRACTICAL TRAINING-VOCATIONAL
DIPLOMA IN MINING ENGINEERING
General Guidelines:
Every student after the completion of 2nd
Semester and 4th
Semester end
examination will undergo ONE month of Practical Training in Underground Metal or
Coal Mine and Surface Mine (Mechanized) respectively in Karnataka or other places
where the permission is available, at his own cost.
Normally a student is not permitted to withdraw from this practical training. In
case of unseen circumstances/valid reasons if he could not undergo the training as
scheduled, on the recommendation of the Department and approval by the competent
authority the student may be permitted to undergo practical training in any other
vocations. The decision of the competent authority is final.
The students are instructed to maintain field book to note down the relevant points
individually, signed by the training officer allotted by the mine and submit the same to in
a bound paged record to the Programme co-ordinator immediately after completion of
training along with the training certificate.
The informations collected during vocational trainings may also be used to carry
out the student activities wherever required for the different courses.
Students are informed to record the schedule of training they have taken and they
are suppose to write the training report and submit to the mining deportment without fail.
Refer scheme of study of diploma programme for the weightage of marks for the
practical training record.
A model of a scheme given below.
A. SCHEME OF STUDY IN UNDERGROUND MINE
1.0: General Information
Name and location of mine, Village, Town, District and State and nearest railway
station
Name and address of the Mine, Surface area, total estimated reserves, and
approximate life of mine. Average monthly output, Details of Organization and
Administration
Geology of the area (As per the appendix)
2.0 Nature of the deposit
2.1 Thickness of the deposit, Dip, and Strike direction and type load
2.2 Nature of enclosing Rock, grade of Ore, Assay valves,
3.0 Development openings
3.1 Type of Shaft, Shape of Shaft, Number of Shafts,
3.2 Depth at which it is developed, Number of Levels, vertical distance
between levels,
Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 2
3.3 Development openings like Shaft Station, Ore bins, Cross cuts, drives,
raises, winzes, ore passes, their purpose size, shape, location, and any other
relevant observations noted.
Method of stoping and supporting.
5.0 Methods of transportation-men and material in underground
5.1 Ventilation and lighting arrangements in Underground Mine.
5.2 Supports and Type of Supports
5.3 Dewatering arrangements.
B. SCHEME OF STUDY IN SURFACE MINE:
1.0 General Information
2 Name and location of mine
3 Village, Town, District and State and nearest railway station
4 Name and address of the Mine
5 Surface areas, total estimated reserves, and approximate life of mine.
6 Average monthly output
7 Details of Organization and Administration
Geology of the area (As per the appendix)
2.0. Nature of the Mineral Deposit; Thickness, amount and direction of Dip
Grade of Ore Depth at which it is developed. Stripping ratio, Number of benches,
height of benches, width of bench, slope of bench and regulations applicable to
the benches.
3.0 Drilling and Blasting
1. Drilling Machine used-Jackhammer, Wagon drills Etc
2. Number of holes drilled, diameter of holes, depth of hole ,Spacing, burden, rate
of penetration etc.
3. Explosives used- Type of initiation, latest techniques adopted in blasting-
powder factor. Precautions to be followed during blasting.
4.0 Excavations and Transportations
1. Machineries used for excavation-Dozers, Front end loaders, Back hoe, shovel,
Bucket wheel excavators etc.
2. Machineries used for Transportations- Dumpers Conveyors.
5.0 Mineral beneficiation
1. Crushers, Grinders, Screens etc
6.0 Environmental aspect;
1. Pollution due to Mining, and its control measures. Air pollution, water
pollution, check dams, ground Vibration- air blast EMP Reclamation, and re-
vegetation etc.
Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 3
APPENDIX
GUIDELINES FOR GEOLOGICAL STUDIES
I Regional geological setting:
1. Name of the system, series, stage, etc.
2. Types of rocks in each horizontal division.
3. Stratigraphic succession.
4. Local geological succession.
II Structural features:
1. Folds, Faults, Intrusions, Joints, Scistocity, bedding, etc.,
2 .If sedimentary, features such as current bedding,
Ripple marks, etc.
III Mineralogy of the deposit:
1. Types of ore Minerals presents- their important physical and chemical
characteristics.
2. Gangue minerals associated with the ore mineral-their characteristics, country
rock details, etc.
IV Nature of the mineral deposit:
1. Whether epigenetic, magmatic, sedimentary, hydrothermal, metamorphic,
metasomatic, etc
2. Any other special features.
V Genesis of mineral deposit:
1. Special observations about topographical, structural or other controls of mineral
localization.
VI Geological Maps and Geological sections:
Where possible draw a geological map and geological section of the area of mine
and property.